CA08100018E Vol15 Ibook

Electrical Sector Solutions
Volume 15:
Solar Inverters
and Electrical
Balance
of System
Model Number Model Number Model Number
Model Number Model Number Model Number
Product line
Residential Product
solar name
solutions Model Number Model Number Model Number
Electrical Balance of System for
Residential Installations
Our roots in the electrical business run deep. Eaton is a global Eaton Solar Eaton product
solutions combine:
technology leader in electrical components and systems for One-stop BOS shopping
DC switching
power quality, distribution and control. Our industry leading We can assemble a package
(UL98 and UL98B)
of Balance of System (BOS)
products and services are designed to deliver: equipment that is ready to be Robust inverter technology
installed. You will have one same reliable technology
Reliability vendor, one purchase order, that is used in our UPS
one delivery schedule and a systems (UL1741)
Efficiency single point of accountability. AC switching and protection
Safety We can customize our
solutions to the physical
dimensions of your home EATONS ELECTRICAL
BALANCE OF SYSTEM
Our BOS solutions will
work with many photovoltaic
A DC combiners and
(PV) panel manufacturers switches (600 Vdc)
We offer a wide range B Solar inverters (600 Vdc)

of solar power solutions

C AC meter breakers,
loadcenters and switches
Electric
D vehicle
charging
Eaton Certified
Contractor Network

Electrical Balance of System for Residential Installations
A DC combiners and B Solar inverters C AC meter breakers, load D Electric vehicle

switches (600 Vdc) (600 Vdc) centers and switches charging
Eatons solutions for Eatons solar inverters Eatons AC switching and Eaton is uniquely
protecting and switching use the same robust, protection solutions are positioned to create a safe
DC current are designed reliable technology we designed to meet 2008 and reliable infrastructure
and tested to meet put in our uninterrupt- NEC Article 690.64(B)(2) that supports the use of
UL1741, UL98 and UL98B ible power systems sizing requirements for electric vehicles. Our
requirements for solar (UPS). Solar inverters are solar photovoltaic systems. family of charging solutions
electrical balance of designed and tested to is the most robust, flexible
system equipment. meet UL1741 standards. offering on the market.
DC combiner boxes Solar inverters: 3.8 kW - 7 kW Solar-ready meter breaker EV charging station
Combines input photo- CEC rated for Complete family of

voltaic strings forming 97% efficiency circuit breakers for
a single output all applications
Integral AC/DC switching
Options include
F
with four-string combiner
string monitoring Eaton Certified
and surge protection Solar-ready loadcenter Contractor Network
DC disconnect switches
AC disconnect switches
Isolates photovoltaic source

Provides rooftop disconnect
required by fire departments
Isolates utility feed
For more information, visit

www.eaton.com/solar
www.eaton.com/plugin

Commercial solar solutions
E
A
B
C
A C
Commercial Installations
As your single-source supplier for a solar balance of We know space is always at Eaton product
a premium. Thats why we solutions combine:
system package, Eaton can help you build a solar offer totally integrated power DC switching
system tailored to the needs of a retail, commercial control and management (UL98 and UL98B)
or institutional site with a focus on: solutions like inverters and solar
switchboards. These space- DC combiners (UL1741)
savings lineups house the Robust inverter technology
Reliability systems DC switching
equipment, solar inverter and AC switching and protection
Efficiency AC switching equipment. The Integrated metering
Safety equipment is pre-configured for
Customized packaging
easy installation, saving space,
and pre-configuration
time and cost.
We can also help you customize
your electrical system package EATONS ELECTRICAL
to the requirements of your BALANCE OF SYSTEM
facility, including the physical
A DC combiners, switches
dimensions of your building and switched combiners
or installation. In addition, our (600 Vdc)
regional satellites and service
centers are knowledgeable
B Solar inverters (600 Vdc)
about local electrical codes and and solar transformers
regulations in your area, which C AC switchgear
allows us to customize your
solutions accordingly.
D Monitoring and metering

E Electric vehicle charging

F Electrical solar services
Electrical Balance of System for Commercial Installations
Solar inverters
A DC combiners, switches B (600 Vdc) and C AC switchgear
and switched combiners (600 Vdc) solar transformers
AC switchboards
DC disconnect switches DC circuit breakers Commercial-scale
solar inverters
250kW through 500kW
Medium voltage
DC switched combiners DC switchboards step-up transformer AC disconnect switches
2010 Photo courtesy of Cooper Power Systems
D Monitoring E Electric vehicle

C AC switchgear and metering charging
AC circuit breakers Medium voltage Meters and software Electric vehicle charging
AC switchgear and integrated power
stations for solar canopies
Custom Solar Switchboards Low voltage and medium Electrical

F
voltage transformers solar services
and substations

www.eaton.com/solar
www.eaton.com/plugin
Utility solar solutions
A
C
Utility Installations
Our roots in the electrical industry run deep. As a bankable Eaton provides complete Eaton product
electrical balance of system solutions combine:
partner with 100 years of innovation, we are your single solutions from the combiners, DC switching
source supplier of electrical balance of system solutions to to the inverter, to the medium (UL98 and UL98B)
help improve: voltage interconnection to
the grid. DC combiners (UL1741)
Our NEMA 3R enclosures and Robust inverter technology
Reliability same reliable technology
outdoor electrical houses help
Efficiency protect equipment from the that is used in our battery
elements and keep it operating. storage inverters
Safety Eaton can also help support AC switchgear
solar farms once they are Integrated metering
operating. We offer an extensive
Customized packaging
selection of operations training
and pre-configuration
for electrical power systems
equipment, and we are a leader
in electrical safety training. EATONS ELECTRICAL
We can even help monitor BALANCE OF SYSTEM
and manage solar system
A DC combiners, switches
performance with our remote and switched combiners
performance monitoring services. (1000 Vdc)

B Solar inverters (1000 Vdc)
and solar transformers
C AC switchgear

D Monitoring and metering

E Electrical solar services
Electrical Balance of System for Utility Installations
Solar inverters
A DC combiners, switches B (1000 Vdc) and CC1 AC switchgear
and switched combiners (1000 Vdc) solar transformers
Utility-scale solar inverters AC switchboards

DC disconnect switches DC circuit breakers
250kW through 500kW
Medium voltage
Switched combiners DC switchboards step-up transformer AC disconnect switches
2010 Photo courtesy of Cooper Power Systems
D Monitoring E Electrical
C AC switchgear and metering solar services
AC circuit breakers Medium voltage Meters and software

AC switchgear
Custom Solar Switchboards Low voltage and medium

voltage transformers
and substations

www.eaton.com/solar
Services and support
Commercial and Utility
Electrical
Solar Services
Eatons Electrical Services and Systems engineers
Design Support
can help manage the power of the sun. We offer the
Post-installation services
convenience of turnkey project teams who can design, Pre-installation services
build and support your solar power system. Eatons Electrical Services and Eatons remote performance mon-
Systems (EESS) team can help itoring services track solar power
you choose a solar system that outputs and identify trends over
makes technical and financial time. That makes it easier to spot
sense. Our comprehensive solar performance trends.
site assessment service evaluates
topics like optimal panel place-
ment, estimated revenues and
projected maintenance costs. Additional services
And our experienced power
system engineers can design Eaton offers many additional
a solar system that will always services that help keep
operate at peak performance. workers safe and clean,
reliable power flowing.
Build Arc flash hazard analysis

Installation services and solutions
Our field service engineers can Power reliability studies
install, start up and commission LEED certification audits
any manufacturers solar power
equipment quickly using our
efficient, standardized processes.
Your solar system will be up and
running safely and reliably.
Design
Solar site assessments including technical and financial analysis
Solar system design including shading and annual kWh output analysis
Photovoltaic panel design
Electrical balance of system design
Monitoring system design (meters and software)
Building connection and substation design
Turnkey construction project management,
including design and procurement services
Build
Turnkey construction projects
Photovoltaic panel installation
Electrical balance of system installation
Monitoring system installation (meters and software)
Building infrastructure connection
Substation construction
Utility grid interconnection, synchronizing and controls
Solar system commissioning and performance verification
Support
Remote performance monitoring (metering and data collection)
Ongoing energy production monitoring and rebate certifications
Building energy audits
Site power quality, load shedding and future expansion analysis
Maintenance
Operations training for site personnel
Safety training

www.eaton.com/solar
Volume 15Solar Inverters and 15
Electrical Balance of System
Tab 1Residential and Light Commercial . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-1

Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter
(3.87 kW)
Tab 2Commercial and Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-1
Tab 3Solar OEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-1
Tab 4AC Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T4-1
Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . V15-A1-1
Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . V15-A2-1
Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . V15-A3-1
Power Xpert Solar 250 kW Inverter

Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not
be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available
upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without
notice. Photographs are representative of production units.
Terms and Conditions

All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes
occur, they are published in Eatons Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders
accepted by Eatons Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions
as set forth in Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions.
Technical and Descriptive Publications

This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further
information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated
brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton
Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.
Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission
for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of
these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions
of the U.S. National Electrical Code and/or other local codes or industry standards that
are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these
codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.
These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.
Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered
sufficiently for the purchasers purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products
Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior
or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire
obligation of Eatons Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties
is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or
modify the existing warranty.
Copyright 2015 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.

Introduction
Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every
successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly
skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built
on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer
service and support, we know whats important to you.
Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic
approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on
the following three areas in all we do:
Reliabilitymaintain the Efficiencyminimize Safetyidentify and
appropriate level of power energy usage, operating mitigate electrical hazards
continuity without costs, equipment footprint to protect what you value
disruption or unexpected and environmental impact most
downtime
Using the Eaton Catalog Library

As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive
catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our
products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work
in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,
for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:
Volume 1Residential Volume 7Logic Control, Volume 12Aftermarket,
and Light Commercial Operator Interface and Renewal Parts and Life
(CA08100002E) Connectivity Solutions Extension Solutions
Volume 2Commercial (CA08100008E) (CA08100014E)
Distribution (CA08100003E) Volume 8Sensing Volume 13Counters,
Volume 3Power Solutions (CA08100010E) Timers and Tachometers
Distribution and Control Volume 9Original (CA08100015E)Available
Assemblies (CA08100004E) Equipment Manufacturer in electronic format only
Volume 4Circuit (CA08100011E) Volume 14Fuses
Protection (CA08100005E) Volume 10Enclosed (CA08100016E)Available
Volume 5Motor Control Control (CA08100012E) in electronic format only
and Protection Volume 11Vehicle and Volume 15Solar Inverters
(CA08100006E) Commercial Controls and Electrical Balance of
Volume 6Solid-State (CA08100013E) System (CA08100018E)
Motor Control
(CA08100007E)
These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview
of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,
consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.
These references include:
The Consulting Application The Eaton Power Quality
Guide (CA08104001E) Product Guide (COR01FYA)
If you dont have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,
not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the
Literature Library.
By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent
version of each volume and tab.
Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EApril 2014 eaton.com/solar i
Introduction
Icons
Green Leaf
Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton
benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our
promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering
exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers
and our communities. Though all of Eatons products and solutions are
designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to
protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation
further provide exceptional environmental benefit.
Learn Online
When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for
the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,
podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.
Drawings Online
When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the
products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings
and illustrations.
Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information
under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.
ii Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EApril 2014 eaton.com/solar
Residential and Light Commercial
1.1 Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter (3.87 kW)

Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter
(3.87 kW)
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-2
1
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-2 1
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-2
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-2 1
Product Selection/Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-3
1
1.2 Solar Power Center Loadcenters and Meter Breakers
Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-4 1
1
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-5
Solar Power Center Loadcenters and
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-6
1
Meter Breakers
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-7
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-8
1
1.3 Residential Electric Vehicle Charging
Charging Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-9
1
Level 1 Universal Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-11 1
Level 1 Charging Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-13
Level 2 Charging Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-16 1
Electric Vehicle Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V15-T1-19
V15-T1-21
1
Residential Electric Vehicle Charging
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EApril 2014 eaton.com/solar V15-T1-1
1.1 Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter (3.87 kW)
Contents
1 Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter (3.87 kW)
Description Page
1 Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter (3.87 kW)
Product Selection/Technical Data
1 and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 Product Overview Features and Benefits Application Description
1 The Eaton Grid-Tied Solar
Inverters breakthrough
Ratings Versatility in Installation Available in four individual
sizes: 4 kW, 5 kW, 6 kW and
technology and features
3800W, 4000W, 5000W, Field-selectable voltage 7 kW respectively. The 4 kW
1 deliver maximum return on 6000W, 7000W output: 208/240/277 Vac unit has the ability to be field-
investment for consumers. LCD display with side converted to output 3.8 kW
Maximum Energy Harvest
1 Eaton solar inverter units 97% CEC efficiency
pushbutton for nighttime to accommodate lower rated
offer the highest efficiency monitoring AC loadcenters. This inverter
1 Broad voltage operating

and voltage operating ranges NEMA 3R enclosure family is to be used in grid-
available in order to maximize range (105500 Vdc) tied applications only, thus
Two-piece modular design
for superior performance
1 energy yield.
in low light and high Eaton Value
having the ability to feed
power to the utility grid. The
Installation time and costs temperature environments design focus of these
1 A global leader in inverter

are greatly reduced through Transformerless design residential/light commercial
packaging the combiner box, technology
Complete balance of inverters was on maximizing
1

AC/DC disconnects and wire Saves Installation Time energy harvest and
raceway with the inverter. and Cost system provider
minimizing installation time
The design also simplifies Eaton reputation for
1

Integrated PV system and cost. The inverters boast
service on the unit through AC/DC disconnect switch quality, support, and an extremely high efficiency
a two-piece modular service
1 configuration, which allows
Four branch circuitrated
negative and positive
Installation certification via
and a wide DC voltage
operating range, while fully
the wiring box to remain Eaton Certified Contractor integrating the complete
1 connected and mounted if fused inputs
Network (ECCN) balance of system into the
the need ever arises to Integrated NEC-compliant
unit, including a four-string
wire raceway
1 replace the power module. DC combiner, a DC
disconnect switch, an AC
1 disconnect switch and a
wire raceway.
1 Standards and
1 Certifications
ETL Listed (in compliance
1 with UL Std 1741)
CSA Listed (Std C22.2
1 No. 107.1)
CEC Listed
1
1
1
V15-T1-2 Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EApril 2014 eaton.com/solar
Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter (3.87 kW)
1.1
Product Selection/Technical Data and Specifications
1
Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter (3.87 kW)
Description PV240 PV250 PV260 PV270
1
Input (DC) 1
Nominal DC voltage 360V 360V 360V 360V
Maximum DC voltage 600V 600V 600V 600V 1
1
System startup voltage 150V 150V 150V 150V
Shutdown voltage Typical 80V Typical 80V Typical 80V Typical 80V
MPPT voltage range 105500V 105500V 105500V 105500V
1
Full rating voltage range 225500V 200500V 200500V 200500V
Maximum DC current 19A 26A 32A 37A 1
Number of DC input terminals 4 4 4 4
Output (AC) 1
1
Nominal AC power at 240 Vac and 277 Vac 3800W 4000W 5000W 6000W 7000W
Nominal AC power at 208 Vac 3800W 3800W 4600W 6000W 7000W
Maximum AC power at 240 Vac and 277 Vac 3800W 4000W 5000W 6000W 7000W
1
Maximum AC power at 208 Vac 3800W 3800W 4600W 6000W 7000W
Nominal AC voltage 208V/240V/277V 208V/240V/277V 208V/240V/277V 208V/240V/277V 1
Nominal frequency 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz
Disconnection time of excess operational frequency range <0.16 sec <0.16 sec <0.16 sec <0.16 sec 1
Nominal AC current at 208 Vac
Nominal AC current at 240 Vac
18.3A
15.8A
18.3A
16.7A
22.1A
20.8A
28.9A
25.0A
33.7A
29.2A
1
Nominal AC current at 277 Vac 13.7A 14.4A 18.1A 21.7A 25.3A 1
Maximum AC current at 208 Vac 18.3A 18.5A 22.5A 30.0A 35.0A
Maximum AC current at 240 Vac 15.8A 18.5A 22.5A 28.5A 33.2A 1
Maximum AC current at 277 Vac 13.7A 16.4A 20.5A 24.6A 28.7A
Power factor > 0.99 > 0.99 > 0.99 > 0.99
1
Efficiency
1
Peak efficiency 97.50% 97.50% 97.50% 97.50%
CEC efficiency 97% 97% 97% 97% 1
General Data
Topology Transformerless Transformerless Transformerless Transformerless 1
1
Dimensions (W/H/D) inches 17.1/33.3/8.3 17.1/33.3/8.3 17.1/33.3/8.3 17.1/33.3/8.3
Weight (lbs) 86 90 101 101
Power consumption: standby/night < 7W/< 0.2W < 7W/< 0.2W < 7W/< 0.2W < 7W/< 0.2W
1
DC insulation resistance > 4M ohms > 4M ohms > 4M ohms > 4M ohms
Enclosure NEMA 3R NEMA 3R NEMA 3R NEMA 3R 1
Heat dissipation Force air cooling, variable fan speed according to temperature on heat sink
Operating temperature range 25 to +50C 25 to +50C 25 to +50C 25 to +50C 1
Humidity
Communication
0 to 95%, noncondensing
RS-232/Super-485
0 to 95%, noncondensing 0 to 95%, noncondensing 0 to 95%, noncondensing
RS-232/Super-485 RS-232/Super-485 RS-232/Super-485
1
Ground fault protection Internal GFCI and Isolation detection function, in accordance with UL 1741 1
Disconnect Integrated AC and DC switch Integrated AC and DC Integrated AC and DC Integrated AC and DC
switch switch switch
1
Certifications ETL (in compliance with UL 1741), CSA, CEC
DC surge protection 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 1
AC surge protection 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV
1
1
1
Contents
1 Solar Power Center Loadcenters and Meter Breakers
Description Page
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-5
1 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-5
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-7
1 Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 Product Description
Eatons Solar Power Centers Product Types Meter breakers are service
1 combine both utility power Loadcenters are enclosures entrance equipment that
and solar photovoltaic (PV) specifically designed to house consist of a single meter
1 power into one enclosure.
Solar Power Centers can be
the branch circuit breakers socket and loadcenter (circuit
breaker distribution section)
and wiring required to
1 applied as a component
of a complete PV electrical
distribute power to individual
circuits. They contain either
or meter socket and main
breaker combined in one
system. Eaton offers the a main breaker when used at enclosure. Sometimes called
1 most complete line of the service entrance point or Combos, All-in-Ones, Meter
Balance of System (BOS) a main lug when used as a Centers or Meter Mains,
1 products in the industry,
along with a wide
sub-panel to add circuits to these units are increasing in
existing service. The main popularity as the socket and
1 variety of configurations
including loadcenters and
breaker protects the entire
panel and can be used as a
loadcenter or main breaker
are located in one location,
meter breakers. thus providing the contractor
1 service disconnect. The
branch breakers protect the with a labor and material
The Solar Power Centers savings when installing.
wires leading to individual
1 feature industry-exclusive
factory-installed permanent electrical loads such as Meter breakers are most
fixtures and outlets.
1 markings, which help to
ensure National Electrical
often sold in the western,
southwestern and
Code (NEC) compliance. southeastern United States.
1 Required by the NEC, these The popularity of meter
markings enable quick and breakers is continuing to
1 easy identification of product
ratings and location of the
increase as more utilities
deregulate and pass the
1 parallel energy source
disconnect. Prior to installation,
responsibility of supplying
watthour meter sockets on
contact your local utility to to the electrical contractor.
1 confirm approval.
1
1
1
1
1
Solar Power Center Loadcenters and Meter Breakers
1.2
Application Description
1
How to Size a Solar-Ready For example: A 200A main
Loadcenter or a Meter Breaker
for your Solar Application
breaker loadcenter + a 1
backfed 70A PV breaker =
The National Electrical Code
(2008) Section 690.64(B)(2)/
270A = 120% of the 225A
busbar rating. In 2014, 120%
1
(2011) Section 705.12(D)(2)
states: The sum of the
was extended to 125% of the
conductor rating. 1
ampere ratings of overcurrent
devices in circuits supplying Note: Check with local utility for
exact requirements.
1
power to a busbar or
conductor shall not exceed 1
120 percent of the rating of
the busbar or conductor.
1
1
Panel Main Breaker
Ampere Rating
Standard Bus
Ampere Rating
Maximum Total Ampere Rating of
all PV Backfed Mains
Maximum Ampere Rating of
Panel Mains + PV Mains
1
100 100 20 120
1
100 125 50 150
125 125 25 150 1
200 200 40 240
200 225 70 270 1
225
400
225
400
45
80
270
480
1
1
Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
Complies with NEC (2008) 1
Solar Power Center Loadcenters Meter Breakers
Section 690.64(B) / (2011)
Up to 225A rated copper Type CH features plug-on Meter socket and Section 705.12(D), which 1
bussing maximizes solar neutral loadcenters and distribution section are identifies the acceptable
source up to 70A for
standard units
breakers that enable the
contractor to connect the
located in one enclosure,
which provides labor and
installation and marking 1
requirements for utility
breaker directly to the material savings
100A, 125A and 200A main
breakers available factory neutral bar, eliminating the EUSERC / West Coast and
interactive solar inverters
UL Listed
1
need for wiring a pigtail Non-EUSERC designs
installed, which provides
additional flexibility in Type CH features unique Ring, ringless and lever
Non-EUSERC 1
stab design, which
EUSERC/West Coast
PV sizing bypass designs
Main breaker and PV provides a tight connection 7-inch-deep designs 1
backfed main are located to the bus available, which is ideal for
at opposite ends of the Top or bottom feed stucco homes 1
distribution panel Straight-in wiring saves Endwall knockouts are
Single-phase, three-wire labor and material easily accessible for future 1
120/240 Vac Only one panel for either wiring without damaging
Overhead and underground applicationno
modifications necessary
stucco 1
feed applications
Padlocking provisions Extra 1.50-inch (38.1 mm)
knockout for bundling
1
Surface and flush designs
available

enables easier installation
Drywall marking on
1
Top or bottom exit of
load wiring enclosure indicates proper
mounting depth for flush 1
Limited lifetime warranty applications
for Type CH and 10-year
warranty for Type BR
Unique sandalwood finish 1
is aesthetically appealing
with scratch-resistant 1
powder coating
Silver flash plated copper 1
bus provides superior
conductivity 1
Catalog Number Selection

1
1
Solar Power Center Loadcenters
CH 32 PV PN 200
1
1 Loadcenters Enclosure
CH = 3/4-inch Type CH Blank = NEMA Type 1 indoor with
1 BR = 1-inch Type BR Solar Power Center

Photovoltaic rated
Construction
Blank = Standard R
combination trim
= NEMA Type 3R rainproof
PN = Plug-on neutral
1
Circuits
32 = 32 spaces, 32 circuits Main Breaker Amperes
42 = 42 spaces, 42 circuits 200 = 200A
1 60 =
2040 =
60 spaces, 120 circuits
4242 = 42 spaces, 42 circuits
1
1 Solar Power Center Meter Breakers
1 MBE 2040 PV 200 BT S

1 Circuits Mounting
MB = 1-inch Type BR, ring style Breaker Feed 1 S = Surface
1 MBE = 1-inch Type BR, EUSERC
MBED = 1-inch Type BR, 7.00-inch-
Circuits Solar Power Center BT= Bottom and top
B = Bottom only
F = Flush
deep EUSERC 1224 = 12 spaces, 24 circuits Photovoltaic rated
1 2040 = 20 spaces, 40 circuits T = Top only

MBX = 1-inch Type BR, ringless lever
bypass 3042 = 30 spaces, 42 circuits
Main Breaker Amperes
CMBE = 3/4-inch Type CH, EUSERC 3242 = 32 spaces, 42 circuits
1 CMBX = 3/4-inch Type CH, ringless 4040 =
4242 =
100 = 100A
125 = 125A
lever bypass 200 = 200A
1
1 Note
1 See product selection table on next page for valid catalog strings. Contact the Eaton Flex Center with questions or if you can not find the right catalog string.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Solar Power Center Loadcenters and Meter Breakers
1.2
Product Selection
1
Solar Power Center Meter Breakers
Type CH Meter Breakers
1
Max. Number
of 3/4-Inch Max. Number
Main
Breaker
Bus
Rating Max. PV Service
1
Enclosure 1
1
Spaces of Circuits (A) (A) Input (A) Mounting Design Bus kAIC Catalog Number
Combination Service Entrance DevicesEUSERC (Side-by-Side Construction)
32
32
42
42
200
200
225
225
70
70
Flush
Surface
UG
UG
Cu
Cu
22
22
7
7
CMBE3242PV200BF
CMBE3242PV200BS
1
1
42 42 200 225 70 Flush UG/OH Cu 22 12 CMBE4242PV200BF
42 42 200 225 70 Surface UG/OH Cu 22 12 CMBE4242PV200BS
1
42 42 200 225 70 Surface OH Cu 22 12 CMBE4242PV200TS
Combination Service Entrance DevicesNon-EUSERCLever Bypass (Over/Under Construction)
32 42 200 225 70 Surface UG/OH Cu 22 14 CMBX3242PV200TS
1
Type BR Meter Breakers
Max. Number Main Bus 1
of 1-Inch Max. Number Breaker Rating Max. PV Service
Spaces of Circuits (A) (A)
Combination Service Entrance DevicesEUSERC (Side-by-Side Construction)
Input (A) Mounting Design Bus kAIC Enclosure 1 Catalog Number
1
12
12
24
24
100
100 2
2 125
125
50
50
Flush
Surface
UG/OH
UG/OH
Al
Al
10
10
2
2
MBE1224PV100BTF
MBE1224PV100BTS
1
12
12
24
24
125 2
125 2
125
125
25
25
Flush
Surface
UG/OH
UG/OH
Al
Al
10
10
2
2
MBE1224PV125BTF
MBE1224PV125BTS
1
20
20
40
40
200
200
225
225
70
70
Flush
Surface
UG/OH
UG/OH
Cu
Cu
22
22
18
18
MBE2040PV200BTF
MBE2040PV200BTS
1
30
30
42
42
200
200
225
225
70
70
Flush
Surface
UG
UG
Cu
Cu
22
22
7
7
MBE3042PV200BF
MBE3042PV200BS
1
1
40 40 200 225 70 Flush UG/OH Cu 22 12 MBE4040PV200BTF
40 40 200 225 70 Surface UG/OH Cu 22 12 MBE4040PV200BTS
1
Combination Service Entrance DevicesEUSERC7-Inch-Deep Design
30 42 200 225 70 Semi-flush UG Cu 22 MBED3042PV200BF
Combination Service Entrance DevicesNon-EUSERC (Over/Under Construction)
20 40 200 225 70 Surface UG/OH Cu 22 MB2040PV200BTS 1
Combination Service Entrance DevicesNon-EUSERCLever Bypass (Over/Under Construction)
20 40 200 225 70 Surface UG/OH Cu 22 MBX2040PV200BTS 1
Solar Power Center Loadcenters 1
Type CH Plug-On Neutral Loadcenters
Max. Number Main Bus
1
of 3/4-Inch Max. Number Breaker Rating Max. PV Box Cover
Spaces of Circuits (A) 3 (A) Input (A) Mounting Enclosure Bus kAIC Size 4 Included Catalog Number 1
32 32 200 225 70 Combination NEMA 1 Cu 25 J Yes CH32PVPN200
42 42 200 225 70 Combination NEMA 1 Cu 25 K Yes CH42PVPN200 1
60 120 5 200 225 70 Combination NEMA 1 Cu 25 N Yes CH60PVPN200
1
Type BR Loadcenters
Max. Number
of 1-Inch Max. Number
Main
Breaker
Bus
Rating Max. PV Box Cover
1
1
Spaces of Circuits (A) 3 (A) Input (A) Mounting Enclosure Bus kAIC Size 4 Included Catalog Number
20 40 200 225 70 Combination NEMA 1 Cu 25 D1 Yes BR2040PV200
1
20 40 200 225 70 Surface NEMA 3R Cu 25 D1R Yes BR2040PV200R 4
42 42 200 225 70 Combination NEMA 1 Cu 25 L2 Yes BR4242PV200
1
42 42 200 225 70 Surface NEMA 3R Cu 25 L2R Yes BR4242PV200R 4
Notes
1 For box size information, refer to Electrical Sector SolutionsVolume 1: Residential and Light Commercial, Tab 1, CA08100002E.
2 Type BR main breaker factory installed. All other units Type CSR.
1
1
3 Type CSR main breaker factory installed.
4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs or box size information, refer to Electrical Sector SolutionsVolume 1: Residential and Light Commercial, Tab 1,
CA08100002E.
5 Requires the use of Type CHNT breakers.
1
Contact the Eaton Flex Replacement Parts

1 Center (1-800-330-6479 or
flexcenterlincoln@eaton.com) Meter Breaker
1 for additional solar features
Meter Breaker Deadfront Swing Door Utility Pull Section Cover Breaker Cover Deep
including different device
1 availability, main breaker, bus
and solar input ratings.
CMBE3242PV200BF MBICVR6PV MBFCVR7PVCH MBUCVR2PV
CMBE3242PV200BS
1 Additional Information CMBE4242PV200BF MBICVR23PV MBFCVR5PVCHB MBUCVR4PV
Loadcenter and CMBE4242PV200BS
1 accessoriesreference CMBE4242PV200TS MBICVR23PV MBFCVR5PVCHT MBUCVR4PV
Volume 1Residential and
1 Light Commercial,
CA08100002E, Tab 1.
CMBX3242PV200TS
MBE1224PV100BTF
CMBXDICVR1PV
MBICVR25PV
CMBXDFCVR1PV
MBFCVR13PV

MBUCVR3PV

1 Meter breaker and MBE1224PV100BTS

accessoriesreference MBE1224PV125BTF
1 Volume 1Residential and MBE1224PV125BTS
Light Commercial,
MBE2040PV200BTF MBICVR30PV MBFCVR14PV MBDCVR4PV
1 CA08100002E, Tab 1.
MBE2040PV200BTS
Replacement parts for Solar
1 Power Centers.
MBE3042PV200BF MBICVR31PV MBFCVR7PVBR MBUCVR2PV
MBE3042PV200BS
1
Meter breaker:
MBE4040PV200BTF MBICVR24PV MBFCVR5PVBR MBUCVR4PV
Deadfront
MBE4040PV200BTS
1 Swing door

MBED3042PV200BF N/A MBEDFCVR2PV MBEDUCVR1PV MBEDDCVR2PV

Utility pull section cover
1
MB2040PV200BTS MBICVR1PV MBFCVR2PV
Loadcenter:
Combination cover MBX2040PV200BTS ARP03070CHPV ARP03071CHPV
1 NEMA 3R covers
NEMA 3R deadfronts
1 Loadcenter
NEMA 1 Combination Cover NEMA 3R Cover NEMA 3R Deadfront
1 CH32PVPN200 CH8JFPV
CH42PVPN200 CH8KFPV
1 CH60PVPN200 CH8NFPV
1
BR2040PV200 BRCOVC35PV
BR4242PV200 BRCOVC53PV
1 Raintight
BR2040PV200R BR3RDOOR9PV BR3RDF11PV
1 BR4242PV200P BR3RDOOR13PV BR3RDF15PV
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Charging Stations
1.3
Contents
Charging Stations
Description Page
1
Charging Stations 1
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-10
Level 1 Universal Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-11 1
Level 1 Charging Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-13
Level 2 Charging Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-16 1
Electric Vehicle Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-19
Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal . . . . . . V15-T1-21 1
1
1
1
1
1
Charging Stations 1
Product Description Features 1
Eatons established Eaton has been managing Eaton is the only provider
excellence in both the power systems (electrical, of a full family of electric 1
automotive and electrical fluid, and air) for over 100 vehicle charging products
distribution/control industries
have created a perfect
years Eaton provides a one 1
Eaton is a Tier 1 stop solution for all your
platform for all electrical
vehicle charging needs.
Automotive Supplier. This
connectivity with the major
electrical distribution
needs
1
Whether its a residential automotives enables Eaton Restricted accessibility
1

system, a commercial to be on the forefront of options such as credit
endeavor or a system to emerging vehicle card and radio frequency
support fleet electric
vehicles, Eaton has the
technologies identification (RFID) 1
Turnkey installation
products and the depth of
experience to support,
solutions through Eaton 1
Engineering Services (EES)
install and service electric
vehicle chargers.
and Eaton Certified
Contractor Network
1
(ECCN) throughout the
United States and Canada 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Charging Stations
Product Overview
1
1
Vehicle Chargers
1
1
1
1
1
1
Level 1 Level 1 Level 2
Description Universal Receptacle Charging Station Charging Station Electric Vehicle Simulator
1
Input voltage 110/120 Vac 110/120 Vac 208/240 Vac
Input amperage 20A, 40A or 80A 16A 16A or 30A
(14 vehicles)
1 Max power Up to 1.9W at 1.9 kW (L116 style) 3.8 kW (L216 style)
16A per connection 7.2 kW (L230 style)
1 Mount Pedestal/bollard Wallmount or pedestal Wallmount or pedestal
1 Safety specifications UL 2594 for EV use

cUL 2594 for EV use
ETL Listed to UL 2594/2231/1998
cETL Listed
cETL Listed

1
Enclosure NEMA 3R NEMA 3R NEMA 3R
stainless steel stainless steel stainless steel
Quick and easy installation Yes Yes Yes
1 Ground fault protection Yes Yes Yes
1 Overcurrent protection Yes Yes Yes

Features 1-4 multi-vehicle support SAE J1772 compliant SAE J1772 compliant
1 Integrated high-efficiency LED lighting

Build-to-order customization available
Permanent or cord-and-plug wallmount
Quick and easy installation
Permanent or cord-and-plug wallmount
Build-to-order customization available Build-to-order customization available
1
Options Utility grade, sub-metering, High-efficiency, LED site-lighting, High-efficiency, LED site-lighting,
1 access control sub-metering sub-metering
Applications/markets Single and multi-family homes, parking Single and multi-family homes, real Single and multi-family homes, real
1 garages, university campuses, truck
stops, restaurants, airports,
estate developers, builders, military estate developers, builders, government
bases, government city centers, schools, city centers, schools, small offices
municipalities, shopping centers, small offices
1 corporate offices, hotels
Charge time
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Level 1 Universal Receptacle
1.3
Contents
Description Page
1
Charging Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-9 1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-12 1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-12 1
1
Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal . . . . . . V15-T1-21
1
1
1
1
Level 1 Universal Receptacle 1
Product Description Features Standards and Certifications 1
Eaton's 120 Vac Level 1 Perfect for charging electric Charging stations can be
NEC 625 compliant
Universal Receptacle vehicles (with their connected in series UL Listed to UL 2594 for
EV use
1
Charging Station provides a respective cordsets), NEMA 5-20 T-slot
safe, reliable means for
charging up to four vehicles
e-bikes, NEVs, electric
service vehicles, and
receptacles 1
Rugged stainless steel
at a time. It is the perfect
solution for buildings that
golf carts
110/120 Vac
construction 1
require multiple-vehicle
Indoor/outdoor rated
20, 40, and 80A units
1

charging, such as apartments Optional LED lighting
available available
and offices.
Charge up to four vehicles
1

Optional utility grade
This innovative charging Pedestal and bollard styles sub-metering
station provides a universal
receptacle for up to four EVs.
available
Locking provision to
Customization available 1
Its perfect for charging prevent cordset theft
electric cars, e-bikes, NEVs,
Support hook to prevent 1
electric service vehicles and
unintentional unplugging
golf carts, simultaneously.
For applications that require with heavier EV cordsets Catalog Number Selection 1
more than four vehicles to be
charged, Eatons Level 1
Level 1 Universal Receptacle 1
Universal Receptacle
Charging Stations can be
EVSE CR 4 P 1
connected in a series with
optional utility-grade
sub-metering.
Type Mount 1
EVSE = Electric Vehicle P = Pedestal
Supply Equipment B = Bollard
1
Level Number of
CR = Universal Receptacles 1
receptacle 1 = One outlet
2 = Two outlets
4 = Four outlets 1
1
1
1
1
Product Selection Dimensions

1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1 Level 1 Level 1 Universal Receptacle

Pedestal
Universal Receptacle Description
1 Input voltage 110/120 Vac

Input amperage 20A, 40A or 80A 10.21
1 (14 vehicles) (259.3)
Max power Up to 1.9W at

1 16A per connection
Mount Pedestal/bollard
1 Safety specifications UL 2594 for EV use

cUL 2594 for EV use
1 Enclosure NEMA 3R
stainless steel
1 Quick and easy

installation
Yes 50.17
(1274.3)
1 Ground fault protection Yes 40.60

(1031.2)
Overcurrent protection Yes
1 Features 14 multi-vehicle support
Integrated high-efficiency LED lighting
1
Options Utility grade, sub-metering,
1
access control
Applications/markets Single and multi-family homes, parking
garages, university campuses, truck 10.04
1 stops, restaurants, airports,
municipalities, shopping centers,
(255.0)
1 Charge time
corporate offices, hotels Bollard
1
10.21
(259.3)
1 Technical Data and Specifications

10.21
1 Level 1 Universal Receptacle
(259.3)
1
Description Specification
Electrical Input
1 Voltage 110/120 Vac

Amperage 20A, 40A, 80A (pedestal for 14 vehicles)
1 Electrical Output
Power Up to 1.9 kW at 16A per connection 36.17
1 Connection 1-4 NEMA 5-20T receptacles
(918.7)
26.60
(pedestal mount) (675.6)
1 Physical/Environmental
1
Weight 50 lbs
Operating temperature 30 to 50C
1 Enclosure rating NEMA Type 3R

Safety
1 Listed to UL 2594 for EV use
Listed to cUL for EV use
1 Ground fault protection
1 Overcurrent protection
1
1
1
Level 1 Charging Station
1.3
Contents
Description Page
1
Level 1 Universal Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-11
Level 1 Charging Station 1
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-14
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-15 1
1
1
1
1
1
Product Description Features Intuitive User Interface Standards and Certifications 1
Eaton offers a full family of Provides an economical SAE J1772 compliant
reliable, responsible electric and versatile solution for connector 1
vehicle (EV) chargers for charging electric vehicles ETL listed to
residential applications.
Our established excellence in
110/120 Vac UL 2594/2231/1998 1
16A units available
the automotive and electrical
distribution and control
Wallmount and pedestal 1
industries allows us to styles
provide a wide range of Quick and easy installation 1
innovative EV charging Rugged stainless steel
solutions to suit your
individual needs. In addition,
construction 1
the Eaton Certified Contractor
Network (ECCN) can provide
Auto-reset feature 1
turnkey services, from design
Hardwire connected
to installation. Optional advanced cord 1
management to protect
This 120 Vac charging station
provides an economical and
SAE J1772 connector 1
Standard 24 foot cord
versatile EV charging
solution.
Optional LED lighting Optional LED Lighting 1
available
Optional utility grade 1
sub-metering
Customization available 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1 Level 1 Charging Station
1 EVSE L1 30 H L B W
1 Type Mount
EVSE = Electric Vehicle W = Wall
1 Supply Equipment P = Pedestal
D = Dual
1 Level Amperage Connection Lighting

L1 = Level 1 (110/120 Vac) 16 = 16A H = Hardwired N = None Cord Management
C = Cord-and-plug L = LED B = Basic
1 connected A = Advanced
1
Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications
1
Level 1 Charging Station Level 1 Charging Station
1 Level 1 Charging
Station Description Description Specification
1 Input voltage 110/120 Vac Electrical Input

Input amperage 16A Voltage 110/120 Vac
1 Max power 1.9 kW (L116 style) Amperage 16A (L116 Style)
Mount Wallmount or pedestal Connection Hardwired connected
1 Safety specifications UL 2594 for EV Use Electrical Output
cUL 2594 for EV Use
1 Enclosure NEMA 3R
Power 1.9 kW (L116 Style)
Connector SAE J1772
stainless steel
1 Quick and easy Yes
Cable length 24 feet
installation Physical/Environmental
1 Ground fault protection Yes Weight 23 lbs
1
Features SAE J1772 compliant Status indicators 5 LEDs: Power/Ready, Connected/Charging,
Permanent or cord-and-plug wallmount Remotely Controlled, Fault and Service
1 Quick and easy installation
Build-to-order customization available Push buttons Two buttons: Override and Reset Fault
1 Options High-efficiency, LED site-lighting,

Enclosure rating NEMA Type 3Rstainless steel
Safety
sub-metering
1 Applications/markets Single and multi-family homes, real
estate developers, builders, military cETL Listed

1 bases, government city centers,
schools, small offices
Interlocked power protection
1
Ground fault protection
Charge time
Overcurrent protection
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1
(Advanced cord management)
1
5.34
1
1
(135.6)
15.20
(386.1) 2.50
10.07
(63.5)
1
(255.8)
1
3.00
(76.2) 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Contents
Description Page
1 Charging Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-9
1 Level 1 Charging Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-13
1 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-17
1 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-17
1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-18
1 Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal . . . . . . V15-T1-21
1
1
1
1 Product Description Features Intuitive User Interface Standards and Certifications
Using an industry standard Charge electric vehicles up SAE J1772 compliant
1 J1772 30A or 70A connector, to 5 times faster than with connector
the Level 2 charging station a vehicles cordset ETL listed to UL 2594/
1 will easily fill a depleted all-
electric vehicle battery in
208/240 Vac 2231/1998
16 and 30A units available
1 three to four hours while the
owner is working, shopping
Wallmount and pedestal
or sleeping. The Level 2 styles
1 charging station is ideal for Quick and easy installation
residential or commercial EV Rugged stainless steel
1 charging applications. construction
1 Auto-reset feature
Hardwire connected
1 Optional advanced cord
management to protect
1 SAE J1772 connector
1 Optional LED lighting Optional LED Lighting
available
1 Optional utility grade
sub-metering
1 Customization available
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.3
1
EVSE L2 30 H L B W 1
Type Mount 1
EVSE = Electric Vehicle W = Wall
Supply Equipment P = Pedestal
D = Dual 1
1
Level Amperage Connection Lighting
L2 = Level 2 (208/240 Vac) 16 = 16A H = Hardwired N = None Cord Management
30 = 30A C = Cord-and-plug L = LED B = Basic
connected A = Advanced 1
1
Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications
1
Level 2 Charging Station Level 2 Charging Station
Level 2 Charging
Station Description Description Specification
1
Input voltage 208/240 Vac Electrical Input 1
Input amperage 16A or 30A Voltage 208/240 Vac
Max power 3.8 kW (L216 style)
7.2 kW (L230 style)
Amperage 16A (L116 Style) 1
30A (L230 Style)
Mount
Safety specifications
Wallmount or pedestal
Connection Hardwired connected 1
Electrical Output
1
cETL Listed
Enclosure NEMA 3R Power 3.8 kW (L216 Style)
stainless steel 7.2 kW (L230 Style)
Quick and easy Yes Connector SAE J1772 1
installation
1
Cable length 24 feet
Ground fault protection Yes
Physical/Environmental
Features SAE J1772 compliant
Weight 23 lbs
1
Permanent or cord-and-plug wallmount Operating temperature 30 to 50C
Status indicators 5 LEDs: Power/Ready, Connected/Charging, 1
Remotely Controlled, Fault and Service
1
Options High-efficiency, LED site-lighting,
sub-metering Push buttons Two buttons: Override and Reset Fault
Applications/markets Single and multi-family homes, Enclosure rating NEMA Type 3Rstainless steel
real estate developers, builders,
government city centers, schools,
Safety 1
1
small offices ETL Listed to UL 2594/2231/1998
Charge time cETL Listed
Interlocked power protection
1
Ground fault protection
Overcurrent protection 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Dimensions
(Advanced cord management)
1
1 5.34
1
(135.6)
15.20
(386.1) 2.50
1 10.07
(63.5)
(255.8)
1
1
3.00
(76.2)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Electric Vehicle Simulator
1.3
Contents
Description Page
1
Electric Vehicle Simulator 1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-20 1
1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-20
1
1
1
1
Electric Vehicle Simulator 1
Product Description Features Easy to Follow Test
Instructions
1
To ensure correct installation Confirm proper operation
of Electric Vehicle Chargers, of any J1772 compliant 1
Eaton introduces the EVSE EVSE without the need of
Electric Vehicle Simulator.
Eatons EV Simulator allows
an actual electric vehicle
1
Rugged case is perfect for
installers to immediately test
the functionality of the EVSE
service personnel
Easy-to-follow testing
1
on-site during installation.

instructions printed on unit
Ready to charge
1
Ground fault simulation 1
Charging indicator
Pilot signal test points for
oscilloscopes
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Catalog Number Selection Dimensions

1 Electric Vehicle Simulator Electric Vehicle Simulator
1 EVSE TEST B 10.62 (269.7)
1 Type Troubleshooting
EVSE = Electric Vehicle B = Basic
1 Supply Equipment Project
Test = Electric Vehicle
1 Simulator
1 Technical Data and Specifications

9.80
(248.9)
1 Electric Vehicle Simulator

Description Specification
1 Electrical Input
1 Voltage 120/208/240 Vac

Connection J1772 inlet
1 Physical/Environmental
1 Status indicator One light: Charging
1
Push buttons One button: Ground Fault
Switch One switch: Ready/Not Ready
1 Test points (banana jack receptacles) Pilot (1 kHz PWM signal) ground
Tests EVSE Safety and Functionality 6.87
1 EVSE ability to charge vehicle
(174.5)
Confirm interlocked power

1 Confirm ground fault detection
1 J1772 handshake compatibility
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal
1.3
Contents
Description Page
1
Electric Vehicle Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-19 1
1
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-22
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-22
1
1
1
1
Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal 1
Product Description Features Pedestal Wiring Standards and Certifications 1
Plug-in electric vehicles EV Charging Pedestals ship UL 1773/50/50E
are becoming popular due with EV Chargers mounted 1
to rising fuel costs and and pre-wired
environmental concerns. Single or dual EVSE 1
Eatons EV Charging Station pedestal options
provides a safe and reliable Available with Eaton Level
1 and Level 2 charging
1
means to quickly power up
electric vehicles.

stations
1
Rugged stainless steel
construction
1

1
Optional utility-grade sub-
metering
1
Greater flexibility for
external installations
1
Dual EVSE pedestal option
allows for multiple vehicle
1
1
charging
Customization available
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions

1
Description Specification Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal
1 Weight (lbs) Description
Single EVSEmount pedestal 42 lbs Single EVSE pedestalH x W x D 54.06 (1373.1) x 15.20 (386.1) x 9.70 (246.4)
1 Dual EVSEmount pedestal 65 lbs Dual EVSE pedestalH x W x D 54.06 (1373.1) x 15.20 (386.1) x 13.30 (337.8)
Enclosure
1 Rating/material NEMA 3Rstainless steel 15.20 9.71
(246.6)
1
(386.1)
1 Wiring Diagram
1
1
1
1 54.06
(1373.1) 52.15
1 (1324.6)
1
1
1 6.00 4.00
(152.4) (101.6)
1
1 13.34
(338.8)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Commercial and Utility
2.1 Power Xpert Solar 250 kW Inverter

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-2
2
2.2 Power Xpert Solar 1500/1650 kW Inverter 2
2
2.3 DC Disconnects
2
2.4 SwitchboardsSolar Applications 2
Power Xpert Solar 1500/1650 kW
Inverter
Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards
2
Integrated Facility Switchboard 2
2
2.5 PanelboardsSolar Applications
Introduction 2
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25
EZ Box and EZ Trim
2
600 Vdc Per Pole and 1000 Vdc
Disconnect Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-26 2
Pow-R-Line C Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-29
Type PRL1a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37 2
Type PRL2a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL3a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45
2
Type PRL4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-49 2
Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a and 4 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-59
Regional Manufacturing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-68 2
Pow-R-Line C Group-Mounted 2.6 Solar Services 2
Distribution Switchboard
Product Group Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-70
Solar Renewable Analysis and Consultation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-71 2
Solar Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-72
2
Turnkey Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-75
Solar Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-77 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018ESeptember 2015 eaton.com/solar V15-T2-1
Contents
2 Power Xpert Solar 250 kW Inverter
Description Page
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-3
2 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Product Description Features and Benefits
The Eaton Power Xpert Solar The Power Xpert Solar 250 Dual-Stage 250 kW inverter Large DC bus capacitors
2 250 kW Inverter incorporates kW inverter is designed with hysteresis, 2 x 125 kW smart, extremely low ripple-
Eatons programmable logic specifically for 480 Vac three- design, provides optimum current on the PV array makes
2 controllers (PLCs), advanced
variable frequency drives
phase utility (grid) applications
and 600 Vdc (open circuit)
efficiency in lower irradiance
conditions. Offers less
for a better, trouble-free solar-
module operation. Reduced
stressful power-stage
2 and protective relays. Every
critical component inside the
PV systems. It is an excellent
choice for either indoor or operation for improved
stress on solar modules and
wiring control algorithm
Power Xpert Solar 250 kW outdoor installations from inverter longevity. Seamless ensures lower stress on
2 Inverter is proven to be a company known for its dual-inverter operation. isolation transformer over
reliable based on the known state-of-the-art electrical adverse environmental
2 life cycles of high volume
industrial and electrical
products and industry support. Grid Sensor based vector
control ensures precise
conditions.
CEC 96% efficiency synchronism and fast Inverter re-combiner box
2 control equipment.
>99% MPPT efficiency response to grid dynamics, with DC circuit breaker
Engineered for ease-of- 3rd Party verified ensuring a stable operation option available:
2 installation, operation, and Earliest startuplatest and an improved solar
Optional inverter re-
maintenance, the Power shutdown with DC energy harvesting.
combiner box with DC
2 Xpert Solar 250 kW Inverter
contains the intelligence to
excitation and zero load Advanced Proportional breakers to meet NEC
grid sync Integral Derivative (PID) 2011 requirements for safe
2
automate the commissioning,
operation, and shut down
Minimized offline nuisance control enables precise DC disconnect, eliminating
procedures with minimal events with superior fault synchronization to the grid, the need for external DC
2 physical action. These robust tolerance of a utility grade
electric protection relay
finer current and power limits.
Improved temperature limits,
disconnects
utility-interactive three-phase DC breaker option
2 inverters are based on
Eatons mature motor-drive
better reactive power or power
factor control.
eliminates the need to
replace DC fuses, allowing
2 assembly featuring Eatons
Active Front End (AFE)
DC excitation algorithm and
system control Smart PV
cost and time savings
(lowering O&M costs)
control technology. Current sensing of each
2

energy utilization over wasteful
utility-based methods of DC input is available for
energizing the transformer. array zone monitoring; DC
2 Faster morning wake-up input current is reported to
and power export. Faster inverter controller, which
2 mid-day re-connect improves makes it available via
Modbus
energy harvesting during
2 utility anomalies and outages,
minimal-stress zero-crossing
2 grid connection process, less
part-count for improved
solar-system reliability.
2
V15-T2-2 Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018ESeptember 2015 eaton.com/solar
2.1
DC breakers can be Rich standard features Two-cabinet design Inverter Human Machine Interface
individually turned off, and options list and isolation transformer (HMI): A color touch screen 2
allowing isolation of a that enables integration into LCD display that represents
defective sub-array while
Full-load DC switch
disconnect and AC breaker,
electrical rooms, provides the status screens during 2
allowing other sub-arrays better package for roof-top normal operation and
lockout/tagout compatible
to operate. This feature
enhances de-bugging Lockable display and
installations, is easier to
receive, lift, transport and
additional screens with
password protection for
2
controls door with window
procedures and maximizes
fault-tolerance sealed against the elements
secure, design category(s)
seismic complaint,
access to configuration,
troubleshooting, and service. 2
DC breakers are available Configurable utility terminated transformer
2
connection cables included. Standards and Certifications

on different configurations
and ampacity (90A DC, Three-wire delta (A/B/C),
UL 1741 2nd Edition
100A DC, 125A DC, 150A no neutral required
Easy maintenance by
Eatons Electrical Services
January 2010 2
DC, 175A DC, 200A DC Four-wire wye (A/B/C/N),
IEEE 1547
& Systems (EESS)
and 225A DC) N-sensing only NFPA 70, National 2
100 kA surge protection
No ladder required to Electrical Code (NEC)
Inverter grounding bus
on DC and AC sides allows 200 kAIC AC breaker
service cooling-system air
filters; ground-level access
CEC Listed (California 2
installation as per NEC 690.47 Energy Commission)
Large DC and AC Three-door design ensures
2

(C) (1), (2), or (3), should the conductor gland plates
Seismic qualified to IBC/
facility POCC have a bonded wide opening for limited- CBC
on bottom and access locations
equipment-ground to the
facilitys grounding electrode
immediate sides Country and worldwide 2
Color, menu-driven local services
system.
display
Commissioning support
2
Maximum power point: Indicator lights (LEDs)
Fast (mSec based) response
time with variable step-size
and selection switch through country and
worldwide local services. 2
Remote, field-duplicable
control reacts to sudden
changes, improved current
up-fits Remote monitoring interface 2
Remote indicators support via Modbus/TCP with
response for low-irradiance
periods, sudden-onset shading
(LEDs)
Remote OFF
an RJ 45 plug, and a terminal
block supplying additional I/O
2
and grid outages, superior
and a 120 Vac power supply
solar-energy harvesting

(shutdown)
AC view-window for for compatibility with third 2
Isolation-transformer-based party monitoring applications.
solar inverter which operates
visible blade disconnect
Infrared inspection ports Advanced anti-islanding
2
with all photovoltaic modules for DC and AC cabinets
(technologies), negative and CEC approved 2% PBI
function, which prevents the
operation of the inverter in 2
positive grounded PV systems.
power meter the event of a utility outage.
Eaton Logic Controller Internal heater for AC overcurrent protection
2
(ELC) watch-dog system humidity and cold
that ensures greater system temperature control
and safety inverter is
equipped with a 200 kAIC AC 2
integration and information Multiple DC input breaker that is operable from
response for display and stored
performance data. It Isolates
(combiner) with fuse the outside of the unit via 2
and breaker options lockout/tagoutcapable
controls from external
interference (anti-hacking)
SunSpec Alliance handle. 2
compatible monitoring
No need for AC fuse
(gateway)
replacements, minimizing 2
O&M costs.
Inverter doors are fitted with
2
mechanical interlocks that
will safely shut down the 2
inverter if doors are opened.
2
2
2
2
2
2

2 The catalog number is
what determines the exact
2 product feature set. The base
configuration and subsequent
2 catalog number of the
Power Xpert Solar
2 250 kW Inverter is
SOX23111B1092M0011.
2
2 Power Xpert Solar 250 kW inverter
SOX 2 3 1 1 1 B 1 0 9 2 M 0 0 1 1
2
2 Part String
SOX = Power Xpert
Destination MarketLanguage
1 = USA/English
Solar Inverter
2 IR Inspection Port
Power Range Ground Scheme 1 = None
2 2 = 250 kW 1 = Negative ground
2 = Positive ground
6 = AC and DC cabinets
2 Reserved
3 = None Reserved
Reserved
0 = No options
B = None
2 Utility Connection Revenue-Grade Meter
Configuration Viewing Windows 0 = No meter
2 1 = Delta
2 = Wye
1 = None
2 = DC section
1 = Revenue-grade meter included
2
3 = AC section Inverter Communication
4 = AC and DC section
AC Output Voltage M = Modbus/TCP protocol (Ethernet-based)
2
1 = 480 Vac
Recombiner OCPDFusing
Recombiner OCPDDC Breaker with
0 = No OCPD Shunt Trip and Current Sensors
2 2 = 4 x 300A
3 = 8 x 150A 0 = OCPD circuit breaker without shunt trip
4 = 6 x 225A and current sensors
2 5 = 6 x 200A
6 = 8 x 175A
1 = OCPD circuit breaker with shunt trip
and current sensors
7 = 8 x 125A 2 = Not applicable (fuse option)
2 9 = Breaker option
2 Recombiner OCPDDC Breaker

1 = 16 x 90A
2
2 = 14 x 100A
3 = 12 x 125A
4 = 8 x 150A
2 5 = 8 x 175A
6 = 7 x 200A
7 = 6 x 225A
2 9 = Fuse option
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
Product Selection
2
Overcurrent Protection DeviceFusing Option 2
Recombiner OCPD
Fusing
Utility Connection
Configuration
Ground
Scheme
Viewing
Windows
Revenue
Grade Meter
Catalog
Number 1 2
No OCPD
4 x 300A fuse
Delta
Delta
Negative ground
Positive ground
None
None
Not included
Not included
SOX23111B1092M0011
SOX23112B1292M0011
2
6 x 225A fuse Delta Negative ground DC section Not included SOX23111B2492M0011 2
6 x 200A fuse Wye Positive ground DC section Not included SOX23212B2592M0011
8 x 175A fuse Wye Negative ground AC section Not included SOX23211B3692M0011 2
8 x 150A fuse Wye Positive ground AC section Not included SOX23212B3392M0011
8 x 125A fuse Wye Negative ground AC and DC section Not included SOX23211B4792M0011
2
2
2
Overcurrent Protection DeviceDC Breaker Option, without Shunt Trip and Current
Recombiner OCPD Utility Connection Ground Viewing Revenue Catalog
Number 1
2
DC Breaker Configuration Scheme Windows Grade Meter
16 x 90A Delta Negative ground AC and DC section Not included SOX23111B4910M0011
14 x 100A Delta Positive ground None Not included SOX23112B1920M0011
2
12 x 125A Delta Negative ground None Not included SOX23111B1930M0011
8 x 150A Wye Positive ground DC section Not included SOX23212B2940M0011 2
8 x 175A Wye Negative ground DC section Not included SOX23211B2950M0011
7 x 200A Wye Positive ground AC section Not included SOX23212B3960M0011 2
6 x 225A Wye Negative ground AC section Not included SOX23211B3970M0011
2
Overcurrent Protection DeviceDC Breaker Option, with Shunt Trip and Current
2
Recombiner OCPD
DC Breaker
Utility Connection
Configuration
Ground
Scheme
Viewing
Windows
Revenue
Grade Meter
Catalog
Number 1
2
16 x 90A Delta Positive ground AC and DC Section Not included SOX23112B4911M0011
2
14 x 100A Delta Negative ground AC and DC Section Not included SOX23111B4921M0011
12 x 125A Delta Positive ground None Not included SOX23112B1931M0011 2
8 x 150A Wye Negative ground None Not included SOX23211B1941M0011
8 x 175A Wye Positive ground DC Section Not included SOX23212B2951M0011 2
7 x 200A
6 x 225A
Wye
Wye
Negative ground
Positive ground
DC Section
AC Section
Not included
Not included
SOX23211B2961M0011
SOX23212B3971M0011
2
Note 2
1 Catalog numbers are not limited to the examples shown. More combinations may be obtained from catalog numbering system, see Page V15-T2-4.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Technical Data and Specifications

2
2
AC Output SpecificationsFactory Default Mechanical Specifications
Description Specification Description Specification
2 Maximum continuous output power 250 kW Operating temperature range without

power fold back
20 to 50C
Weighted efficiency (CEC) 96%
2 Maximum continuous output current 312A
Storage temperature range 30 to 70C
Enclosure rating UL Type 3R
Maximum fault current output 365A for 8ms
2 Maximum branch overcurrent protection 400A 1
Enclosure(s) construction Polyester powder coated cold rolled steel
Relative humidity 0 to 95% noncondensing
2 Nominal operating voltage Three-phase 480 Vac
Inverter weight 4000 lbs (1814 kg)
Operating voltage range 423528 Vac
2 Nominal operating frequency 60 Hz

Transformer weight
Inverter envelope dimensions in
2850 lbs (1293 kg)
94.00 x 93.00 x 46.00
Operating frequency range 57.060.5 Hz
2
inches (mm) H x W x D (2387.6 x 2362.2 x 1168.4)
Tare loss 70W
Transformer dimensions in 64.00 x 50.00 x 40.00
inches (mm) H x W x D (1625.6 x 1270.0 x 1016.0)
2
Total harmonic distortion < 3% THD
Power factor > 0.99 Inverter and transformer mounting Pad mountnot free standing
2 Utility connection Delta three-wire (A,B,C);

wye four-wire (A,B,C,N) 2
Isolation transformerexternal Delta/wye
Cooling Air convection
2 DC Input Specifications
Max altitude (before potential derating) 3300 ft (1000m)
Air flow/inverter 1700 cfm 3
2 Description Specification
Seismic rating successfully evaluated Seismic qualified to IBC/CBC
DC maximum input voltage 600 Vdc
2 DC maximum power point tracking range (MPPT) 300500 Vdc Certifications
DC operating range 300600 Vdc
2 DC input start 400 Vdc 3
Description
UL 1741 2nd Ed Jan 2010, IEEE 1547
2 DC operating current nominal 860A

Notes
Maximum DC ISC input 1340A 1 400A AC breaker.
2 Factory configured PV array grounding Positive/negative 2 Factory default is delta three-wire.

3 Factory default is 400 Vdc.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm) 2
2
Power Xpert Solar 250 kW Inverter Dimensions and Connection Diagrams
X6 2.00 (50.8) Lifting Holes 2
84.25
(2140.0) 2
42.13 18.06
(1070.1) (458.7)
2
2
2
Front ISO View 2
Inv. Unit Only
2
93.58
90.05
(2376.9)
(2287.3) 2
2
Front ISO
View with
Transformer
2
2
2
6.00 45.42
Fork Lift Pockets
30.00
(152.4) (1153.7) 2
(762.0)
97.25 Top View Minimum Clearance to Wall

2
2
(2470.2)
8.00 Minimum Clearance,
(203.2) Wall to Air Duct
Top View
with Doors Open
2
2
2
35.70
(906.8)
21.40
(543.6)
22.00
8.00 Minimum Equipmant Clearance,
(203.2) Greater Personel Clearance
2
From Front (558.8) Recommended
36.00
of Unit Doors
Open 80
(914.4) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2 Power Xpert Solar 1500/1670 kW Inverter
Contents
2 Power Xpert Solar 1500/1670 kW Inverter
Description Page
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-12
2
2
2
2
2
2
The Power Xpert Solar MW Availability is optimized by Inverter includes: Fault tolerance design
2 scale inverter is a rugged, a complete fault tolerant Recombiner box inverter is able to run at
robust and reliable solar design. This inverter is with fuses partial power (1/3, 2/3 of
2 inverter designed with
Eaton engineerings 100-year
composed by three blocks
of 500 kW (555 kW), which
Load brake rated DC full power)
disconnect switches High reliability due to
2 tradition of safety and
reliability. Designed for
can be individually isolated in
the unlikely event of a fault,
AC circuit breaker for conservatively rated
components, film
utility applications the Power allowing the inverter to AC disconnection
capacitors and liquid
2 Xpert Solar 1500/1670 is the operate at partial power AC and DC surge cooling
worlds largest PV inverter until field service arrives suppression No active power de-rating
2 and sets the new standard in
reliability and performance.
on site. This provides
for higher reliability and
True MW design for up to 0.91 power
one inverter is needed factor support
2 The inverter is outdoor-
availability than using
multiple smaller inverters.
for 1.5 MW/1.67 MW
station providing the
SCADA communication
rated, and no extra shelter lowest cost of via Modbus TCP
2 (canopy) or environmental The Power Xpert Solar installation and
protection is needed in inverter provides the operation:
2 order for the equipment to
sustain operation in harsh
most cost-effective
solution in the market Fewer cement pads,
less excavation and
2
environments (rain, dust, for the following reasons:
snow and sun). This makes less cement
the Power Xpert Solar inverter
Fully outdoor rated Reduced field labor
2 not only an economical and enclosureno extra
shelter or environmental
for cabling and wiring
cost-effective solution but due to fewer units
2 capable of rapid deployment
and installation.
protection needed needed
Direct-coupling,
2 throat connection
with step-up
transformer
2
2
2
2
2
2
Power Xpert Solar 1500/1670 kW Inverter
2.2
Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
True MW scale inverter The inverter voltage and Array Zone monitoring is The 1500 kW and 1670 kW 2
allows for maximum cost frequency disturbance possible with the option inverters are certified by
savings on installation of characteristics are set and of current sensing on each Intertek per UL 1741 2
inverter and transformer. controlled by a widely DC input. This option
It also enables a skidless accepted protection relay allows current monitoring 2
solution as there is only SEL-751A. This device is of the ungrounded DC
one inverter and a simple
pad-mount transformer
well known by utilities
and enables one extra
polarity inputs. Each DC
input current measurement
2
to be installed
Inverter can be configured
protection layer for safe
inverter shutdown under
is stored on the internal
inverter controller and 2
abnormal grid conditions available to a plant
as a 1.5 MW or 1.67 MW
for maximum output power Direct-coupling throat monitoring device via 2
optimization. Depending connection between the Modbus TCP
on the MPPT range for the inverter and transformer Fiber optics communication 2
array, the inverter output enables cost savings on connection is available for
power can be set to
1.5 MW or 1.67 MW
cables, conduits and pad
installation. The throat
large plants, where inverter
stations are placed at a far
2
Power factor support at
rated power. The inverter
connection has been
implemented using Eatons
distance from the plant
central controller or
2
vast experience on low monitoring device
will supply full rate power
(1.5 MW or 1.67 MW), and voltage switchgear with Optional auxiliary I/O ports 2
still provide support for up connection to a step-up provide an effective way
to a 0.91 power factor transformer of cost-savings when 2
range. This provides cost DC grounding configuration external devices need
optimization especially is available as positive and to be monitored, such 2
on projects with a power negative schemes as step-up transformer
factor support requirement A recombiner box with measurements (liquid
temperature, pressure
2
Maximum flexibility on grid maximum flexibility is
support. Power Xpert Solar
grid and frequency ride
available. The standard
configurations for number
and level). The standard
offering is 6 digital inputs 2
through settings are of DC inputs, DC fuse and 1 analog input.
flexible and can be current and cable size are Other options are available, 2
changed to meet local shown in the Catalog please consult factory
utility or special grid Number Selection graphic A revenue grade meter in 2
requirements on Page V15-T2-10. the low voltage side of the
Maximum DC/AC ratio The DC fuse ratings
available are 160 A, 200 A,
step-up transformer is also
present as an option.
2
(array Isc ): Maximum array
short-circuit current (Isc )
cannot be higher than
250 A, 315 A, 350 A, 355 A
and 400 A
Please consult an Eaton
representative for further 2
information
4480 ADC. As long as this
limit is maintained, the 2
inverter warranty will not
be voided 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2 The catalog number system
is what determines the
2 product configuration. The
base configuration and
2 subsequent catalog number
of the Power Xpert Solar
2 1500/1670 kW Inverter is
SOX66T1010000000.
2
2
SOX 5 6 T 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2
Part String Weather Package
2 SOX = Power Xpert 0 = Standard (20 C to 50 C)
Solar Inverter 1 = Cold weather (40 C to 50 C)
2 Power Range Ground Scheme Customer Auxiliary

1 = Negative ground Power
2 5 = 1500 kW
6 = 1670 kW 2 = Positive ground 0 = None
7 = Other 1 = 3 A at 120 Vac
2 Frequency
Reserved
Reserved
0 = No options
2 6 = 60 Hz
Recombiner OCPDFusing
0 = No options
AC Connection Fuse Ratings (160 A, 200 A, 250 A, Transformer/Auxiliary Monitoring

2 T = Throat (direct-couple) 315 A, 350 A, 355 A and 400 A) 0 = None
0 = No OCPD 1 = Transformer Standard Monitoring (6 x DIs and 1 x AI)
2 1 = 16 fused inputs
2 = 18 fused inputs
2 = Custom monitoring configuration
(needs to be specified)
3 = 20 fused inputs
2 4 = 22 fused inputs
5 = 24 fused inputs
Reserved
0 = No options
2
6 = Others (consult Eaton)
DC Input Current (Zone) Monitoring Reserved

2 0 = None 0 = No options
1 = DC input current monitored
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
2
Power Xpert Solar 2
Description
AC Output
1500 kW 1670 kW
2
Nominal apparent power AC at 50 C 1650 kVA 1831 kVA 2
Rated output power AC at 50 C 1500 kW 1666 kW
Nominal output current 2707 A 2707 A 2
2
Maximum continuous output current at 50 C 3000 A 3000 A
Nominal operating voltage 320 Vac 357 Vac
Operating voltage range (withstand) +/10% +/10%
2
Nominal operating frequency 60 Hz 60 Hz
Operating frequency range 5763 Hz 5763 Hz 2
Total harmonic distortion at rated power Per IEEE 1547 Per IEEE 1547
Power factor at rated power 0.91 adjustable power factor (zero to unity) 0.91 adjustable power factor (zero to unity) 2
AC configuration
DC Input
Delta three-wire or wye ungrounded Delta three-wire or wye ungrounded
2
Number of DC inputs Customer specified fuse arrangement (1624 input pairs) Customer specified fuse arrangement (1624 input pairs) 2
Maximum input voltage open circuit, VOC 1000 Vdc 1000 Vdc
MPPT DC voltage range for full power production 5001000 Vdc 5501000 Vdc 2
MPPT DC voltage range for CEC weighted efficiency 500800 Vdc 550800 Vdc
Nominal DC operating current DC 3100 ADC 3100 ADC 2
PV array grounding
DC monitoring
Negative and positive (optional)
Optional current sensors on each DC input
Negative and positive (optional)
Optional current sensors on each DC input
2
Maximum array Isc connected to inverter 4480 ADC 4480 ADC 2
Efficiency and Losses
CEC weighted efficiency 98% 98.5% 2
2
Maximum inverter efficiency 98.6% 98.7%
Nighttime power consumption 333 W 335 W
Protection
2
AC disconnect AC circuit breaker with LOTO AC circuit breaker with LOTO
AC surge suppression Yes, monitored by inverter SCADA Yes, monitored by inverter SCADA 2
DC disconnect Load brake switch disconnect Load brake switch disconnect
DC surge suppression Yes, monitored by inverter SCADA Yes, monitored by inverter SCADA 2
Ground fault monitoring
Insulation monitoring
Yes, monitored by inverter SCADA
Optional
Yes, monitored by inverter SCADA
Optional
2
Communications and Controls 2
Communications with plant central controller Modbus (TCP) copper and fiber connection available Modbus (TCP) copper and fiber connection available
Power metering Optional power metering device in LV side of step-up transformer Optional power metering device in LV side of step-up transformer 2
HMI Yes Yes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Power Xpert Solar, continued
2 Description 1500 kW 1670 kW

Mechanical
2 Operating temperature range full power 20 C to 50 C 20 C to 50 C

Optional extended temperature range (cold weather package) 40 C to 50 C 40 C to 50 C
2 Storage temperature range 30 C to 70 C 30 C to 70 C
2
Enclosure protection Outdoor rated Outdoor rated
NEMA 4 for controls equipment NEMA 4 for controls equipment
NEMA 3R for magnetics and switchgear NEMA 3R for magnetics and switchgear
2 Enclosure painting Powder-coated cold-rolled steel with corrosion-resistant Powder-coated cold-rolled steel with corrosion-resistant
hardware and fittings hardware and fittings
2 Relative humidity 0 to 100% condensing 0 to 100% condensing

Inverter mounting Pad or skid mount Pad or skid mount
2 Cooling Independent, self-contained, closed-loop liquid cooling Independent, self-contained, closed-loop liquid cooling
and air forced convection and air forced convection
2 Maximum operating altitude 3300 ft (higher altitudes possible with derating) 3300 ft (higher altitudes possible with derating)
Inverter dimensions in inches (H x W x D) 1 96 x 131 x 62 96 x 131 x 62
2 Design Features
2 Grid management features (optional) LVRT LVRT

HVRT HVRT
2 ZVRT ZVRT
FRT FRT
2 Ramp control Ramp control
2
Frequency droop Frequency droop
Grid management features adjustable to meet FERC, WECC Grid management features adjustable to meet FERC, WECC
and ERCOT requirements and ERCOT requirements
2
2 Dimensions
2 74.20
(1884.7)
133.90
(3401.1)
2
2
2 82.00
(2082.8) 92.30
(2344.4)
2
2
61.10 130.80
2 (1551.9) (3322.3)
Note
2 1 Preliminary.
2
2
2
2
DC Disconnects
600 Vdc Single-Pole Disconnects
2.3
Contents
600 Vdc Single-Pole Disconnect
Description Page
2
600 Vdc Single-Pole Disconnects 2
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-14
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-14 2
Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-14
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-15 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
600 Vdc Single-Pole Disconnects 2
Product Description Application Description 2
Eatons offering of PV When photovoltaic panels DC circuits consist of two Unlike AC systems that
switches have multiple poles convert the suns energy into wiresa positive and a possess a current sine wave 2
factory-wired, and they are electricity, the power negative. In most PV with zero crossings, the
approved for NEC Article 690
applications right from the
generated is direct current
(DC). Typically, the systems
systems, one of these wires
is grounded (like a neutral in
interruption of higher voltage
DC circuits requires an
2
box. Other manufacturers
require the contractor to add
are designed with DC system
voltages in the 400600V
an AC system). Which of the
two wires is grounded is
increased air gap to safely
and quickly interrupt and 2
jumpers to a two- or three- range. This is much higher specified by the solar panel break the arc. Within this
pole switch, add a neutral, voltage than typically found in manufacturer. The more family of switches, the 2
and add labels to meet this building systems. The higher common application is a increased gap is
requirement. For fusible
switches, the Eaton PV
voltage, when combined with
the lack of a current sine
negative ground, and the
location of this bond is usually
accomplished by wiring
multiple poles of a single
2
single-pole switch requires
only one fuse per switch
wave with zero crossings,
creates a number of
found at the inverter. Per the
National Electrical Code
switch in series for safe arc
interruption. The UL 98 listing
2
saving the customer at least challenges in wiring, (NEC) Section 690.5(A), only of these products does not
one fuse on each switch. particularly when switching the current-carrying permit multiple circuits to be 2
circuits on and off. ungrounded conductor should switched by one switch.
be switched. Thus, in a 2
negative-grounded system,
only the positive wire is
switched.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.3 DC Disconnects
Features Standards and Certifications

2 UL 98 listed
Standard Features
2 Marked as suitable for NEC

All switches are single-pole Ground lug for equipment 690 PV applications up to
and suitable for switching grounding conductor 600 Vdc
2 one circuit NEMA 3R, 12 and 4X OSHPD Special Seismic
Clear polycarbonate stainless enclosures Certification Preapproval
2 deadfront to guard against Fusible and non-fusible (OSP)
accidental contact with live configurationsClass R
2 parts fuse clips standard
NEC 690.17compliant Fuse clips are located on
2 labeling warning that the
switch terminals may be
the center pole to ensure
that both fuse clips are de-
energized in the open
2 position
energizedmeets NEC
Article 690.16, which
NEC 690.14.(C) 2 required requires isolation of the
2 PV System Disconnect fuse from all potential
label included supply sources
2 Isolated ground terminals Available for Flex Center
(neutral) for grounded modifications (windows,
2 conductors pilot lights, 316 grade
stainless, and so on)
2
2
2
2 Wiring Diagrams
2 Non-Fusible 600 Vdc

Lug Capacity
2 Wiring Diagram
Ampere
Rating NEMA 3R NEMA 12 NEMA 4X
Main and Neutral
(Isolated Ground) 1 Ground Lug
2 Non-Fused Construction 30
60
DH161URKN
DH162URKN
DH161UDKN
DH162UDKN
DH161UWKN
DH162UWKN
#2#14 Cu/Al
#2#14 Cu/Al
#4#14 Cu/Al
#4#14 Cu/Al
2 Line 100 DH163URKN DH163UDKN DH163UWKN 1/0#14 Cu/Al #4#14 Cu/Al

200 DH164URKN DH164UDKN DH164UWKN 300 kcmil#6 Cu/Al 2 #2#14 Cu/Al
2 Grounded
Conductor
400 DH165URKN DH165UDKN DH165UWKN (1) 750 kcmil1/0 or 250 kcmil#6 Cu/Al
Junction Block (2) 300 kcmil1/0 Cu/Al
2 Load 600 DH166URKN DH166UDKN DH166UWKN (1) 750 kcmil1/0 and 250 kcmil#6 Cu/Al
(1) 600 kcmil#2 Cu/Al
2 Fusible 600 Vdc (Class R Fuse ClipsOne Fuse Required Per Switch)
2 Ampere
Lug Capacity
Main and Neutral
Wiring Diagram Rating NEMA 3R NEMA 12 NEMA 4X (Isolated Ground) 1 Ground Lug
2 Fused Construction 30 DH161NRK DH161NDK DH161NWK #2#14 Cu/Al #4#14 Cu/Al
2 60
100
DH162NRK
DH163NRK
DH162NDK
DH163NDK
DH162NWK
DH163NWK
#2#14 Cu/Al
1/0#14 Cu/Al
#4#14 Cu/Al
#4#14 Cu/Al
Line
2 200 DH164NRK DH164NDK DH164NWK 300 kcmil#6 Cu/Al 2 #2#14 Cu/Al
Grounded 400 DH165NRK DH165NDK DH165NWK (1) 750 kcmil1/0 or 250 kcmil#6 Cu/Al
2 Conductor
Junction Block
(2) 300 kcmil1/0 Cu/Al
600 DH166NRK DH166NDK DH166NWK (1) 750 kcmil1/0 and 250 kcmil#6 Cu/Al
2 (1) 600 kcmil#2 Cu/Al
Load
2
Notes
2 1 UL 98 limits the conductor current sizing to 75C. 90C wire may be terminated per Article 110.14(C); however, the maximum current capacity is limited to NEC Table 310.16, 75C column.
2 N3R has 250 kcmil#6 Cu/Al max lug capacity. NEMA12 and 4X have 300 kcmil#6 Cu/Al.
2
DC Disconnects
2.3
Dimensions
Type 3R Solar Switch Type 12-3R and 4X Solar Switch 2
2
2
2
B C 2
B C
2
2
2
2
A 2
2
A
2
2
2
2
2
2
Type 3R Solar Switch
Ampere Rating A B C Main Lug Capacity 1 Ground Lug Capacity 2
30
60
16.35 (415.3)
16.35 (415.3)
8.87 (225.3)
8.87 (225.3)
9.89 (251.2)
9.89 (251.2)
#2 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al
#2 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al
#4 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al
#4 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al
2
100 22.15 (562.6) 11.84 (300.7) 9.89 (251.2) 1/0 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al #4 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al 2
200 28.27 (718.1) 16.66 (423.2) 11.26 (286.0) 250 kcmil#6 AWG Cu/Al #2 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al
400 45.00 (1143.0) 24.12 (612.6) 12.39 (314.7) (1) 750 kcmil1/0 or (2) 300 kcmil1/0 Cu/Al 250 kcmil#6 AWG Cu/Al 2
600 52.50 (1333.5) 25.12 (638.0) 14.07 (357.4) (1) 750 kcmil1/0 and (1) 600 kcmil#2 AWG Cu/Al 250 kcmil#6 AWG Cu/Al
2
Type 12-3R and 4X Solar Switch
Ampere Rating A B C Main Lug Capacity 1 Ground Lug Capacity
2
30 Non-fusible 14.14 (359.2) 8.76 (222.5) 10.22 (259.6) #2 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al #4 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al
2
30 Fusible 19.08 (484.6) 8.76 (222.5) 10.22 (259.6) #2 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al #4 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al
60 Non-fusible 14.14 (359.2) 8.76 (222.5) 10.22 (259.6) #2 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al #4 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al 2
60 Fusible 19.08 (484.6) 8.76 (222.5) 10.22 (259.6) #2 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al #4 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al
100 24.95 (633.7) 11.79 (299.5) 10.22 (259.6) 1/0 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al #4 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al 2
200
400
35.38 (898.7)
57.47 (1459.7)
16.95 (430.5)
24.12 (612.6)
11.63 (295.4)
12.43 (315.7)
300 kcmil#6 AWG Cu/Al
(1) 750 kcmil1/0 or (2) 300 kcmil1/0 Cu/Al
#2 AWG#14 AWG Cu/Al
250 kcmil#6 AWG Cu/Al
2
600 63.00 (1600.2) 26.34 (669.0) 14.25 (362.0) (1) 750 kcmil1/0 and (1) 600 kcmil#2 AWG Cu/Al 250 kcmil#6 AWG Cu/Al 2
Note
1 UL 98 limits the conductor current sizing to 75C. 90C wire may be terminated per Article 110.14(C); however, the maximum current capacity is limited to NEC Table 310.16, 75C column. 2
2.3 DC Disconnects
600 Vdc Per Pole and 1000 Vdc Disconnects
Contents
2 600 Vdc Per Pole and 1000 Vdc Disconnect
Description Page
2 600 Vdc Per Pole and 1000 Vdc Disconnects
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-17
2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-18
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-19
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 600 Vdc Per Pole and 1000 Vdc Disconnects
2 Product Description Application Description
The latest addition to Eaton's Switching devices primarily Grounded PV systems Ungrounded PV systems
2 solar disconnect family of designed for DC service A large number of PV Somewhat less common
products is the UL Listed 600 require design features to systems in North America to today are ungrounded
2 Vdc per pole, bi-directional
disconnect. Listed to the
increase the total arcing
voltage. This can be achieved
date are grounded systems. (floating) PV systems. These
These systems will be either use transformerless inverters
2 UL 98B standard, this design
has the capacity to switch
by designing larger single air
gaps and multiple gaps in
positive grounded or negative
grounded. In a positive
and, relative to the
disconnects within the
multiple circuits of up to 600 series, or by using magnetic grounded system, the system, both the positive (+)
2 Vdc each. Also included in the fields to force arc movement. disconnect will switch (break) and the negative ()
line are 1000 Vdc disconnects, In this safety switch design, the negative () conductor conductors are switched.
2 designed for use in large
scale projects where the
Eaton uses magnetic fields,
created with the use of
only. Conversely, in a Eaton is proud to also offer
negative grounded system, a series of disconnects
2 higher voltage helps drive
improved efficiencies.
permanent magnets, to
stretch the arc. These
the disconnect will switch
(break) the positive (+)
(600 Vdc and 1000 Vdc) for
ungrounded systems.
products are not polarity
2 The use of renewable sensitive, so they can be
conductor only. It is important
that the disconnect applied Safety
energy sources is on the rise. used on either negative or within a grounded PV system
2 Photovoltaic (PV) systems are
among the fastest growing of
positive grounded systems, be properly rated for that
The incorporation of the
modified heavy duty safety
and they provide protection specific system. Eatons switch mechanism provides a
2
the new green technologies, regardless of whether the
and they are being installed lineup of switches (600 Vdc visible means of disconnect
current flow is in the and 1000 Vdc) are designed when the switch handle is in
on a variety of building types
2 and landscapes throughout
normal direction or is
reversed (possible due to
and UL Listed for use in both
positive and negative
the OFF position. Blade
disengagement from the
North America. This results in miswiring or under a fault
2 a growing need for products
to meet the requirements of
condition).
grounded applicationsone
switch can be used on either
stationary contact can be
seen when viewing the
system. switch base.
2 these systems. Eatons
lineup of 600 Vdc per pole
Note: Photos shown above
Left: 60A, 3 circuit, 600 Vdc
and 1000 Vdc switches are per pole, NEMA 3R.
2 tested and listed to the Right: 200A, 4 circuit, 600 Vdc
per pole, NEMA 4, w/ isolated
rigorous UL 98B standard, in
2 line with NEC 690 Code
grounded return terminals.
requirements for PV
2 installations.
2
2
2
DC Disconnects
2.3
Features Standards and Certifications
Listed to the UL 98B 2
Standard Features 600 Vdc Specific Features standard in-line with
UL Listed to the UL 98B First UL Listed 600 Vdc per NEC 690 Code requirements 2
standard pole, bi-directional solution for PV installations.
Marked as suitable for NEC in the market 2
690 PV applications per 2-, 3-, 4- and 6-circuit
UL 1741 requirements configurations for
grounded systems
2
Suitable for use on positive
and negative grounded
systems, not polarity
1-, 2- and 3-circuit
configurations for
2
sensitive
Bi-directional functionality;
ungrounded systems
Fusible and non-fusible
2
will break high-energy DC
arc regardless of direction
Grounded configurations
include isolated return
2
of current flow terminals. Exceptions
Ampacity range30, 60, include 6-circuit 30, 60, 2
100, 200 and 400A 100A, and 4-circuit 400A
Clear polycarbonate Suitable for use on a circuit 2
deadfront shield capable of delivering up to
Equipment ground 10,000A, 600 Vdc 2
NEMA 3R, 4 and 4X
stainless steel enclosures
1000 Vdc Specific Features
2
1-, 2- and 3-circuit
Flex Center modification
available, such as viewing
configurations for both
grounded and ungrounded
2
windows, pilot lights and systems
more
Fusible and non-fusible 2
Factory-installed jumpers
2

Grounded configurations
include isolated return
terminals. Exceptions 2
include 2-circuit 400A
Suitable for use on a circuit 2
capable of delivering up to
10,000A, 1000 Vdc 2
2
2
DC Disconnects
2
DCG 3 06 1 U R M
2
Class and Type
Number of
2
DCG = DC disconnect/
Switch Series
grounded system
DCU = DC disconnect/ 1
Circuits 1
= 1 circuit
Maximum System
Voltage M = DC photovoltaic 2
ungrounded system 06 = 600 Vdc applications
2 = 2 circuits
3
4
= 3 circuits
= 4 circuits
10 = 1000 Vdc
NEMA Enclosure 2
Rating Accessories/Options
2
6 = 6 circuit Blank = No accessories
Ampacity R = NEMA 3R
1 = 30A P = NEMA 4 2 = 1NO/1NC auxiliary contact
3 = 2NO/2NC auxiliary contact
2
2 = 60A (painted steel)
3 = 100A W = NEMA 4X, W = Viewing window
4 = 200A stainless 304 J = Factory-converted Class J
2
5 = 400A X = NEMA 4X, fuse provisions
stainless 316
Protection 2
F = Fusible
U = Non-fusible 2
Note
1 Not all configurations for ampere rating and number of circuits are available. All circuit configurations can be found in the product dimension tables. 2
2.3 DC Disconnects
Wiring Diagrams
2
600 Vdc/Pole Wiring Diagrams (30400A) 1000 Vdc/Pole Wiring Diagrams (30400A)
2 Grounded Grounded
2
2-Circuit 3-Circuit 4-Circuit 6-Circuit 1-Circuit 2-Circuit 3-Circuit
S 1 S2 S1 S2 S3 S1 S2 S3 S4 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S1 S1L S1 S1L S2 S2L S1 S1L S2L S2L S3 S3L
2
2 S1L S2L S1L S2L S3L S1L S2L S3L S4L S1L S2L S3L S4L S5L S6L
Ungrounded
2 1-Circuit
Ungrounded
2-Circuit 3-Circuit 1-Circuit 2-Circuit 3-Circuit
S1 S 1 S1 S1 S2 S2 S1 S1 S2 S2 S3 S3
S1 S1 S1 S1 S2 S2 S1 S1 S2 S2 S3 S3
2
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + +
2
S1L S1L S1L S1L S2L S2L S1L S1L S2L S2L S3L S3L
2 S1L S1L
+
S1L S1L S2L S2L
+ +
S1L S1L S2L S2L S3L S3L
+ + +
+ + + + + +
Note: Majority of grounded configurations have isolated return terminals.

2 Due to enclosure size limitations, 600 Vdc exceptions include 6-circuit 30,
60, 100A; 4-circuit 400A; 1000 Vdc exceptions include 2-circuit 400A.
2
DC Disconnect Lug Capacity
2 Maximum
Lug Capacity 123
Vdc System Ampere Main Solid Return (for Grounded Conductor) Equipment Ground
2 Voltage Rating Input Output Input Output Input Output
600 30 #2#14 AWG #2#14 AWG 1/0#14 AWG 1/0#14 AWG #4#14 AWG #4#14 AWG
2 60 #2#14 AWG #2#14 AWG 1/0#14 AWG 1/0#14 AWG #4#14 AWG #4#14 AWG
2 100
200
1/0#14 AWG
300 kcmil#6
1/0#14 AWG
300 kcmil#6
1/0#14 AWG
300 kcmil#6
1/0#14 AWG
300 kcmil#6
#4#14 AWG
#4#14 AWG
#4#14 AWG
1/0#14
2 400 (1) 750 kcmil1/0

and (1) 600 kcmil#2
(1) 750 kcmil1/0
and (1) 600 kcmil#2
(2) 750 kcmil1/0 (2) 750 kcmil1/0 #4#14 AWG 250 kcmil#6
2 1000 30 #2#14 AWG #2#14 AWG #2#14 AWG #2#14 AWG #4#14 AWG #4#14 AWG
60 #2#14 AWG #2#14 AWG #2#14 AWG #2#14 AWG #4#14 AWG #4#14 AWG
2 100 1/0#14 AWG 1/0#14 AWG 1/0#14 AWG 1/0#14 AWG #4#14 AWG #4#14 AWG
200 300 kcmil#6 300 kcmil#6 300 kcmil#6 300 kcmil#6 #4#14 AWG 1/0#14
2 400 (1) 750 kcmil1/0 (1) 750 kcmil1/0 (2) 750 kcmil1/0 (2) 750 kcmil1/0 #4#14 AWG 250 kcmil#6
and (1) 600 kcmil#2 and (1) 600 kcmil#2
2
600 Vdc Non-Fusible and Fusible 1000 Vdc Non-Fusible and Fusible
2 Grounded Systems Ungrounded Systems Grounded Systems Ungrounded Systems
Number of Circuits Number of Circuits Number of Circuits Number of Circuits
2 Amperes 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 3 Amperes 1 2 3 1 2 3
2 30 V V X X X 30 V X X X
60 V V X X X 60 V X X X
2 100 V V X X X 100 V X X X
200 V V V V V X X X 200 V V V X X X
2 400 V V V W X X 400 V W X X
600 V
2 Legend
V Indicates grounded conductor terminal included with isolated lugs for each circuit.
2
X Indicates no grounded conductor terminal included.
W Indicates only non-fusible version includes grounded conductor terminal with isolated lug for
each circuit.
2 Notes
1 All lug capacities shown are for standard lugs. For options, including compression type, consult factory.
2 2 All lugs are Cu/Al rated.
3 UL 98/98B limits the conductor current sizing to 75C. 90C wire may be terminated per Article 110.14(C); however, the maximum current capacity is limited to NEC Table 310.16, 75C column.
2
DC Disconnects
2.3
Dimensions
NEMA Type 3R NEMA Type 4, 4X Stainless 2
2
B C
2
2
2
A
2
A 2
2
2
2
2
2
600 Vdc Non-Fusible and Fusible 2
Ampere Number of NEMA Type 3R 1 NEMA Types 4, 4X Stainless 1 2
Rating Circuits A B C D A B C D
Grounded 2
30, 60 3 16.27 (413.3) 8.87 (225.3) 9.89 (251.2) 5.25 (133.4) 19.08 (484.6) 8.76 (222.5) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
30, 60 6 19.08 (484.6) 12.88 (327.2) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7) 19.08 (484.6) 12.88 (327.2) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7) 2
100
100
3
6
21.99 (558.5)
24.95 (633.7)
11.84 (300.7)
16.13 (409.7)
9.89 (251.2)
10.22 (259.6)
5.25 (133.4)
5.50 (139.7)
24.95 (633.7)
24.95 (633.7)
11.79 (299.5)
16.13 (409.7)
10.22 (259.6)
10.22 (259.6)
5.50 (139.7)
5.50 (139.7)
2
200 2 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 2
200 3 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
200 4 35.38 (898.7) 24.46 (621.3) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 24.46 (621.3) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 2
200 6 39.18 (995.2) 30.18 (766.6) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 39.18 (995.2) 30.18 (766.6) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
400 2 2 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6) 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6)
2
400 2 3 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6) 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6)
2
400 2 4 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6) 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6)
Ungrounded 2
30, 60 1 16.27 (413.3) 8.87 (225.3) 9.89 (251.2) 5.25 (133.4) 19.08 (484.6) 8.76 (222.5) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
30, 60 3 19.08 (484.6) 12.88 (327.2) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7) 19.08 (484.6) 12.88 (327.2) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7) 2
2
100 1 21.99 (558.5) 11.84 (300.7) 9.89 (251.2) 5.25 (133.4) 24.95 (633.7) 11.79 (299.5) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
100 3 24.95 (633.7) 16.13 (409.7) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7) 24.95 (633.7) 16.13 (409.7) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
200 1 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
2
200 2 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
200 3 35.38 (898.7) 24.46 (621.3) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 24.46 (621.3) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 2
400 2 1 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6) 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6)
400 2 2 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6) 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6) 2
Notes
1 NEMA Type 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures are suitable for mounting in either vertical or horizontal positions. NEMA Type 3R enclosures must be mounted vertically.
2
2
2 For smaller NEMA 3R enclosure, consult factory.
2.3 DC Disconnects
2 1000 Vdc Non-Fusible (Fusible Available at 200A and 400A)
2 Ampere Number of NEMA Type 3R 1 NEMA Types 4, 4X Stainless 1

Rating Circuits A B C D A B C D
2 Grounded
2
30, 60 1 16.27 (413.3) 8.87 (225.3) 9.89 (251.2) 5.25 (133.4) 14.14 (359.2) 8.76 (222.5) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
30, 60 2 19.08 (484.6) 12.88 (327.2) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7) 19.08 (484.6) 12.88 (327.2) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
2 100 1 21.99 (558.5) 11.84 (300.7) 9.89 (251.2) 5.25 (133.4) 24.95 (633.7) 11.79 (299.5) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
100 2 24.95 (633.7) 16.13 (409.7) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7) 24.95 (633.7) 16.13 (409.7) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
2 200 1 35.38 (898.7) 16.95 (430.5) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 16.95 (430.5) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
200 2 35.38 (898.7) 24.57 (624.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 24.57 (624.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
2 200 3 35.38 (898.7) 24.57 (624.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 24.57 (624.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
2 400 2
400 2
1
2
57.47 (1459.7)
57.47 (1459.7)
24.12 (612.6)
24.12 (612.6)
12.43 (315.7)
12.43 (315.7)
7.19 (182.6)
7.19 (182.6)
57.47 (1459.7)
57.47 (1459.7)
24.12 (612.6)
24.12 (612.6)
12.43 (315.7)
12.43 (315.7)
7.19 (182.6)
7.19 (182.6)
2 Ungrounded
30, 60 1 16.27 (413.3) 8.87 (225.3) 9.89 (251.2) 5.25 (133.4) 14.14 (359.2) 8.76 (222.5) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
2 30, 60 2 19.08 (484.6) 12.88 (327.2) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7) 19.08 (484.6) 12.88 (327.2) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
100 1 21.99 (558.5) 11.84 (300.7) 9.89 (251.2) 5.25 (133.4) 24.95 (633.7) 11.79 (299.5) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
2 100 2 24.95 (633.7) 16.13 (409.7) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7) 24.95 (633.7) 16.13 (409.7) 10.22 (259.6) 5.50 (139.7)
2 200 1 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
200 2 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 16.54 (420.1) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
2 200 3 35.38 (898.7) 24.46 (621.3) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6) 35.38 (898.7) 24.46 (621.3) 11.63 (295.4) 6.44 (163.6)
400 2 1 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6) 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6)
2 400 2 2 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6) 57.47 (1459.7) 24.12 (612.6) 12.43 (315.7) 7.19 (182.6)
2 Notes
1 NEMA Type 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures are suitable for mounting in either vertical or horizontal positions. NEMA Type 3R enclosures must be mounted vertically.
2
2 For smaller NEMA 3R enclosure, consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SwitchboardsSolar Applications
Group Mounted Switchboards
2.4
Contents
Pow-R-Line C Group-Mounted Distribution Switchboard
Description Page
2
Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards 2
Integrated Facility Switchboard . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-23
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards 2
Product Description 2
Eatons Pow-R-Line C 6000A maximum main Main and Individually Front Accessible
distribution switchboards bus rating Mounted Devices Front-accessible switchboards 2
combine a space-saving 600 Vac and below Magnum SB insulated align at the rear, enabling
design with modular
construction and increased
600 Vdc and below case circuit breakers, 800
5000A, fixed or drawout
them to be placed against 2
Front or rear accessible a wall (Pow-R-Line C front
system ratings to provide
economical and dependable Type 1 or Type 3R
Magnum DS power circuit
breakers, 8005000A,
accessible). If the main
section is deeper than others,
2
electrical system distribution enclosures due to physical size of the
and protection. ANSI-61 gray powder
fixed or drawout
Molded case circuit main device, the necessary 2
coat paint finish off-set in line-up will occur in
breakers, 4002500A,
Whether providing access for
Microprocessor-based fixed mounted front, and the main section 2
metering and monitoring will be accessible from the
Bolted pressure switches,
2

solar systems to main devices side as well as from the front.
distribution systems or 8005000A
Utility metering provisions Standard front accessible
combining outputs of multiple FDPW fusible switches,
inverters, Eatons Pow-R-Line Surge protective devices 4001200A
switchboards will align at
the front and rear. 2
C switchboards are available (SPD)
for customization for many Ground fault protection Group-Mounted
Distribution Devices
Rear Accessible 2
applications, including on mains and distribution
Rear-accessible switchboards
backfeed scenarios. devices Molded case circuit
breakers, 151200A
align at the front and the rear. 2
Busway and transformer Bus maintenance and cable
Refer to Eatons Consulting
Application Guide.

connections
Complete protective device
FDPW fusible switches,
301200A
entry and exit require rear
access.
2
Features, Benefits
and Functions
accessory capability
65 kAIC bus bracing
2
Pow-R-Line C designates
a family of distribution
standard; optional 100
or 200 kAIC 2
switchboards, incorporating Standard tin-plated
2

design concepts that fit aluminum bus; optional

the ever-increasing need copper- or silver-plated
for applications on high copper bus 2
short-circuit systems, Standard bus ampacities
while retaining maximum
safety and convenience
based on UL heat test 2
ratings. Optional density
throughout the line. rated bus systems are
also available
2
2
2
2.4 SwitchboardsSolar Applications
Group Mounted Switchboards
Standards and Certifications

2 Meets NEMA Standard
Standard Switchboard Height Overcurrent Devices Provision for Busway PB-2 and UL 891
2 Standard Pow-R-Line C To properly select and size Entrance and Exit Seismically qualified
switchboard height is overcurrent devices for use in Busway connections to
2 90 inches (2286.0 mm). a switchboard, the allowable switchboard sections include
temperature rise must be cutout and drilling in the
2 Group Mounting taken into account as to its
effect on the tripping
top of the switchboard with
riser connections from the
Group-mounted circuit
switchboard device or bus, up Product Selection
2 protective devices are an
assembly of units mounted
characteristics of the
devices in question. to the point where the bus For complete application and
on a panelboard type base duct enters the switchboard.
2 Accordingly, Article 220 pricing information, contact
(panelboard construction). No connections are furnished your local Eaton sales office.
of the NEC requires external to the switchboard.
Units may be molded case
2 breakers, or FDPW fusible
overcurrent devices to be
rated not less than 125% of Note: In all transactions
switches. Circuit protective involving busway attached to Technical Data and
the continuous load they are
2 devices are accessible from
the front.
protecting. To comply with switchboards, it is essential that
information regarding orientation
Specifications
this, an 80% derating factor
2 A main molded case breaker must be used with all
of the busway with respect to the
front of the switchboard be Service
or main FDPW fusible switch, overcurrent devices such supplied to the coordinating 120/240V, single-phase,
2 within the sizes listed for as molded case breakers
and FDPW fusible switches
assembly plant. three-wire
panelboard design, can 240/120V, 208Y/120V,
2 be included in the panel-
mounted assembly in lieu
unless they are tested
and marked as 100%
On Pow-R-Line C
switchboards, solid busbar is
415Y/240V, 480Y/277V or
600Y/347V three-phase,
of a separate, individually rated devices. used to connect the bus duct
2 mounted unit. to the individually mounted

four-wire
600 Vdc
Short-Circuit Rating main device, main or sub-main
2 Space Only for Future Devices Standard bus and connectors switchboard bus, or vertical
Main Bus Rating
Group-Mounted Construction on all switchboards are rated main bus of panel mounted
2 4005000A

Where space only for future for use on systems capable circuit protective device
circuit protective devices is of producing up to 65,000A panels. Busway fed by group-
mounted branch devices are Service Section
2 required, the proper space
and a blank filler plate will
rms symmetrical short-circuit
current at the incoming cable connected. Main circuit breaker,
be supplied. Connections terminals. 4005000A
2 and mounting hardware are
Increased bus short-circuit
Aluminum riser connections
are standard. Copper- or
Main fusible switch,
not included. 4005000A
2 ratings equal to that of
connected switchboard
silver-plated copper is
available as a modification. Main lugs only,
Provision for Future Devices 4006000A
devices, up to 200,000A rms
2 Where provisions for future symmetrical, are available Transitions
Metering Sections
circuit protective devices in most Pow-R-Line C Transition structures are
2 are required, space for the
device, corresponding vertical
switchboards when approved required for connecting Tenant main disconnects
and meter sockets (200A
main devices are installed. switchboards to the
bus, device connectors and
2 the necessary mounting
Contact Eaton for more
information. UL labeled
secondary of power center
transformer (dry or liquid
maximum self-contained
metered circuits)
hardware will be supplied.
2 switchboard sections are filled), motor control centers, Hot sequence

marked with their applicable and for other special metering circuits
Busbar System
short-circuit rating. switchboard configurations
2
Cold sequence metering
Standard bus in the such as L or U shaped circuits (WCMS only)
switchboards is tin-plated lineups. In some applications, Optional rear barriered
2

aluminum. Silver-plated an extra structure complete
copper and tin-plated copper wireways or load side
with connections is required; pull sections for cable
2 are also available. in others, where switchboard
depth and space permit, only
exit requirements
Main bus and sub-main Sections for metered
2 buses meet UL and NEMA
standards for temperature
the connection conductors
are required. Refer to factory circuits larger than 200A
for these applications. available with 400A
2 rise on all Pow-R-Line C
switchboards. Special bus
continuous rated self-
contained sockets or
densities are available.
2 with CT compartment
and transformer rated
socket in combination
2 with disconnect
2
2
SwitchboardsSolar Applications
Integrated Facility Switchboards
2.4
Contents
Integrated Facility Switchboard
Description Page
2
Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards . . . . . . . . V15-T2-21 2
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-24 2
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-24
An Eaton
2
2
Green Solution
2
2
2
2
Integrated Facility Switchboard 2
Product Description Application Description 2
Eatons Integrated Facility The service entrance Other associated equipment Eatons Integrated Facility
Switchboards use the equipment can be integrated can also be integrated into Switchboards are designed 2
modular Pow-R-Line C group- with multiple lighting the assembly, including to meet specific needs for:
mounted switchboard design
to integrate traditionally
and appliance branch
panelboards into a compact
dry-type distribution
transformers, time clock
Solar/alternative energy 2
integration projects
separate electrical distribution
and control equipment into a
front-accessible group-
mounted switchboard. Where
space, lighting control,
electronic controls, surge Retail chain stores 2
single space-saving factory multiple panelboards are protective devices, metering Commercial offices
assembled and connected used in the same electrical and energy monitoring High rise buildings 2
package. room as a conventional devices. Depending upon
Correctional facilities
2

distribution switchboard or the application, other user-
power panelboards, the defined equipment such as a
Agricultural facilities
Industrial facilities
2

integrated design will subsystem control package
significantly reduce may also be incorporated. Hospitals/health
equipment space
requirements, as well as
care facilities
Educational facilities
2
reduce installation time
and cost. Whether the application is a 2
multi-site prototype or single
application, integrated
switchboards offer time and
2
space-saving features.
2
For complete application
description, refer to Eatons
Consulting Application Guide.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.4 SwitchboardsSolar Applications
Features, Benefits and Functions Standards and Certifications

2 Meets NEMA Standard
Front Accessible Switchboard Shipping Splits Site Construction Savings PB-2 and UL 891
2 Integrated Facility The sections can be shipped Timely installation of the Panelboards mounted
Switchboards are front as specified by the customer electrical system typically is inside the sections meet
2 accessible and align at the to meet specific requirements. a key element on the critical NEMA PB-1 and UL 67
rear, enabling them to be path for any project.
For retrofit applications, Other equipment is
2 placed against a wall. Most
switchboards align at the single-piece switchboard Along with the time to UL listed as applicable
structures can be shipped to install the equipment, other and appropriate
2 front and the rear. If the main
section is deeper than others, facilitate movement through expenses include the time to
due to physical size of the limited access doorways, etc. handle all of the loose pieces
2 main device, the necessary
Factory Interconnections
of equipment arriving on a job
site and ensuring it reaches
off-set in line-up will occur in
2 front, and the main section Most sub-panels are fed from
the main distribution panel
the proper trades person.
With Eatons Integrated
Product Selection
will be accessible from the For complete application and
Facility Switchboards,
2 side as well as from the front. feeder circuit breakers using
copper cable sized per the one piece of equipment is pricing information, contact
NEC and UL. typically shipped to a job your local Eaton sales office.
Standard Switchboard Height
2 Switchboard height is
site virtually eliminating Additional Information
Space Savings these issues.
90 inches (2286.0 mm).
2 The space-saving The equipment may also be
For information on reverse
feed breaker applications,
A limited offering of switchboard installation used for temporary power please see Consulting
2 78-inch (1981.2 mm) high
equipment is available.
provides additional usable
floor space. For example:
on job sites, further reducing Application Guide
construction expenses Molded-Case Circuit
Consult the factory for
2 specific applications. Retail storesfloor space and times. Breakers & Enclosures,
for sales CA08104001E, Tab 27.
2 Officesadditional
storage, cubicle
2 Health careadditional
work area
2 Retrofitsability to fit
existing rooms
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
PanelboardsSolar Applications
Introduction
2.5
Contents
Solar Panelboards
Description Page
2
Introduction 2
Product Selection Guide
EZ Box and EZ Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-26 2
Pow-R-Line C Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-29
Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37 2
Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45 2
2
Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-49
Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 4
Modifications Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-59
Regional Manufacturing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-68 2
2
2
2
Product Selection Guide 2
Product Types 2
2
2
2
2
2
Type PRL1a Type PRL2a Type PRL3a Type PRL4
2
Bolt-On or Plug-On Circuit Breakers Bolt-On Circuit Breakers Bolt-On Circuit Breakers Circuit Breakers or Fusible Switches
240 Vac Maximum 240 or 480Y/277 Vac; 125/250 Vdc Maximum 240, 480 or 600 Vac; 250 Vdc Maximum 240, 480 or 600 Vac; 600 Vdc Maximum
2
Main lugs only Main lugs only Main lugs only Main lugs only
400A maximum 400A maximum 800A maximum 1200A maximum 2
Main Circuit breaker Main circuit breaker Main circuit breaker Main circuit breaker
400A maximum 400A maximum 600A maximum 1200A maximum 2
Branch circuit breakers
100A maximum,
100A maximum,
225A maximum,
Main fusible switch
1200A maximum 2
Single-, two- and three-pole Single-, two- and three-pole Single-, two- and three-pole
1200A maximum,
2
Single-, two- and three-pole
Branch fusible switches

2
2
1200A maximum,
two- and three-pole
2
2
2
2
2
EZ Box and EZ Trim
Contents
2 Type PRL1a Panelboard
Description Page
2 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25
2 EZ Box and EZ Trim
2 Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-28
2 Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37
2
Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45
2 Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V15-T2-49
2 Modifications Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . .

Regional Manufacturing Facilities . . . . . . . . . .
V15-T2-59
V15-T2-68
2
2
2 Product Description Features
2 Eatons EZ Box and EZ Trim
represents the first significant
Virtually eliminates sharp
edges
change in panelboard box and
2 Trim installs in seconds

trim designs in more than a rather than minutes

half-century. The EZ Box and
2 Door-in-door is standard

EZ Trim have been designed
for faster, more secure and
Ability to adjust flush box
2 safer installations. The new
EZ Box and EZ Trim are
to wall irregularities
Trim installs without the
need for tools
2 provided standard for Eatons
Pow-R-Line 1a and Pow-R- No exposed hardware
Line 2a lighting panelboards, (because there is none)
2 as well as the Pow-R-Line 3a The EZ Box flanges are bent
and Pow-R-Line 3E mid-range and painted, which virtually
2 panelboard. eliminates the sharp edges
associated with traditional
2 boxes. Additionally, all steel
panelboard chassis parts are
2 painted. This significantly
reduces potential injury for
2
material handlers and Standalone Trim and Bottom Flange Hanger with Notch
installers. Each flange is
adjustable outward up to
2 3/4-inch (19.1 mm). This
feature allows the installer to
2 adjust flush box applications
to be level and flat with the
2 finished wall after the wall
material is installed to help
correct wall irregularities. The
2 new box flange also provides
the means for attaching the
2 EZ Trim.
2
2
2
2 Flange Detail Corner Flange Detail
EZ Box and EZ Trim
2.5
Fast Installation Each EZ Trim includes
The EZ Trim incorporates a hangers attached on the right 2
groundbreaking design that side. The bottom trim hanger
installs in seconds, rather has a notch in its base. To 2
than minutes. The standard install, the bottom hanger is
trim features include door-in- inserted into the bottom right
side box flange opening,
2
door construction; no
exposed hardware and
no tools are required for
resting the notch on the
flange. 2
installation.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Trim Hanger Inserted Into Box Flange
2
The balance of the hangers To prevent the trim from
are aligned with the other
flange openings and pushed
being removed by non-
authorized persons, a unique Trim Hanging on Surface Mounted Box
2
in. When all hangers are in
the box flange, the trim is
sliding means automatically
latches in place when the 2
lifted up slightly to clear the trim door is closed. Along
notch on the bottom hanger, with a new lock, the EZ Trim 2
and the trim in self-supported offers a high degree of door
on the EZ Box. security. 2
The installation is completed
by swinging the trim to the Standards and 2
closed position, then lifting Certifications
and pushing slightly to the When used with Eatons 2
right. The trim will drop into panelboard chassis, EZ Boxes
place totally secured. The
multi-point catches on the left
and EZ Trims meet the 2
following applicable industry
side of the trim will lock into
the left side box flange
standards: 2
openings. UL 50 listed
NEMA Standard PB1 2
Federal specifications
2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
EZ Box and EZ Trim
Product Selection
2
Boxes and Trims OnlyType 1
2
2 Types PRL1a, PRL2a and PRL3a (400A Maximum)
YS Box LT Trim EZ Box 1 EZ Trim 1
2 Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Box DimensionsInches (mm) Height Number Number Number Number
2 20.00 W x 5.75 D 36.00 (914.4) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F

(508.0 W x 146.1 D)
42.00 (1066.8) YS2042 LT2042S or F EZB2042R EZT2042S or F
2 48.00 (1219.2) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
2 60.00 (1524.0)
72.00 (1828.8)
YS2060
YS2072
LT2060S or F
LT2072S or F
EZB2060R
EZB2072R
EZT2060S or F
EZT2072S or F
2 90.00 (2286.0) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F
2
Type PRL3a (600A)
2 YS Box LT Trim EZ Box 1 EZ Trim 1
Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 Box DimensionsInches (mm) Height Number Number Number Number
20.00 W x 5.75 D 36.00 (914.4) YS2036 LTV2036S or F EZB2036R EZTV2036S or F
2 (508.0 W x 146.1 D)
48.00 (1219.2) YS2048 LTV2048S or F EZB2048R EZTV2048S or F
60.00 (1524.0) YS2060 LTV2060S or F EZB2060R EZTV2060S or F
2 72.00 (1828.8) YS2072 LTV2072S or F EZB2072R EZTV2072S or F
2 90.00 (2286.0) YS2090 LTV2090S or F EZB2090R EZTV2090S or F
2 Type PRL3a (800A)

2 YS Box
Catalog
LT Trim
Catalog
2 Box DimensionsInches (mm)

28.00 W x 5.75 D
Height
36.00 (914.4)
Number
YS2836
Number
LTV2836S or F
2 48.00 (1219.2) YS2848 LTV2848S or F

60.00 (1524.0) YS2860 LTV2860S or F
2 72.00 (1828.8) YS2872 LTV2872S or F
2
90.00 (2286.0) YS2890 LTV2890S or F
Note
2 1 EZ Box must be used with EZ Trim.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Pow-R-Line C Panelboards
2.5
Contents
Description Page
2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25 2
Product Selection Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25
Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37 2
Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45 2
2
Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-49
2
2
2
Distribution Panelboards 2
Eatons assembled Enclosures Fronts The Three-Piece Trim for
panelboards are designed for Boxes are code-gauge Fronts (trims) for all Larger Power Distribution
Panelboards Provides for
2
sequence phase connection galvanized steel, which panelboards are made of
of branch circuit devices. This
allows complete flexibility of
include a painted box finished code-gauge steel and have a Easy Handling and
Installation 2
in ANSI-61 light gray to match high durability ANSI-61 light
circuit arrangement (single-,
two- or three-pole) to allow
the trim. gray finish applied by a baked-
on polyester powder coating
2
balance of the electrical load Standard panelboard cabinets paint system.
on each phase. are designed for indoor use. 2
Alternate types are available The fronts for lighting and
Sturdy, rigid chassis
assembly ensures accurate
for indoor and special
purpose applications.
appliance branch circuit
panelboards and small power
2
alignment of interior with
panel front; prevents flexing All enclosures are furnished
distribution panelboards
include a door with rounded 2
and minimizes possibility in accordance with corners and concealed
of loosening or damage to Underwriters Laboratories
standards and include wiring
hinges. A flush-type latch and 2
current carrying parts during lock assembly is included.
and after installation. gutters with proper wire
bending space. Special
All locks are keyed alike. 2
Four-point in-and-out These trims are available in
cabinets can be provided Fronts for power distribution
adjustment of panel interior at an additional charge.
both surface- and flush-
mounted designs. panelboards utilize a unique 2
is provided to meet critical breaker front cover design
depth dimensions on
flush installations. This
The box dimensions shown
are inside dimensions. For
EZ Trim Features Standard in which each device has a 2
Door-in-Door with No dedicated bolt-on steel cover.
outside dimensions, add
compensates for possible
misalignment of box at 1/4-inch (6.4 mm).
Exposed Hardware or
Sharp Edges (no Tools are
The individual covers form
a single deadfront for the
2
installation. Required for Installation)
Main lugs are mechanical
Standard panelboard boxes are
supplied without knockouts
panelboard that is used in
conjunction with two wiring 2
gutter covers to complete the
solderless type and approved
for copper or aluminum
(blank endwalls).
trim. A door is not finished as 2
conductors. part of the standard offering
on these panelboards but can 2
be provided, for an additional
charge, using a deeper than
standard box.
2
2
2
2
2 Whether providing access Service Entrance Equipment Panelboard Standards Multi-Section Panelboards
2 for solar systems to inverter
inputs or combining outputs
The National Electrical Code
(NEC) requires that:
In 2008, both the National
Electrical Code (Article 408)
When two or more separate
enclosures are required,
from multiple inverters,
2 Eatons Pow-R-Line C A panel used as service
and UL 67 were updated
to remove the mandated
separate fronts for each box
are standard. A common
panelboards are available entrance equipment 42-circuit limitation. Eaton front can be furnished at
2 for customization for any must be located near offers panelboards with more additional charge.
application, including the point where the than 42 circuits for those
2 backfeed scenarios. supply conductors enter
the building
jurisdictions that have Interconnecting Multi-
Section Panelboards
Panelboard adopted the 2008 NEC
2 A panelboard having main

or later. When a panelboard, for
Selection Factors lugs only shall have a connection to one feeder,
In selecting a panelboard, maximum of six service For jurisdictions that have| not
2 the following factors must disconnects to de-energize adopted the 2008 or
must be furnished in more
than one section (Box), each
be considered: the entire panelboard from later version of the National section must be furnished
2 Service (voltage and
the supply conductors. Electrical Code, the 42-circuit
limitation for Lighting
with main bus and terminals
Where more than six of the same rating, unless a
frequency)
2 Interrupting capacity
disconnects are required,
a main service disconnect
and Appliance Branch
Panelboards remains in place.
main overcurrent device is
provided in each section.
(fully or series rated) Check with your local code
2 Ampere rating of main
must be provided
A disconnectable electrical officials to determine specific Sub-feed or through-feed
Ampere ratings of jurisdiction status. provisions must also be
2

bond must be provided
branches between the neutral and included (and priced) to
Panelboard Installation provide connection capability
Environment ground
2 A service entrance type
NEC requires that the
operating handle of the
to the second section.
Panelboard UL label must be factory Note: Sub-feed or through-feed
topmost mounted device be
2 Short-Circuit Rating installed no more than 6 feet 7 inches lugs cannot be used on any
panelboard that is not protected
The short-circuit rating Ground fault protection (2006.6 mm) above the
2 of Eatons assembled
panelboards are test
of equipment shall be finished floor and should be
by a single main overcurrent
device either in the panelboard
provided for each service installed per NEC and or immediately upstream, i.e.,
2 verified by, and listed with,
Underwriters Laboratories
disconnect rated 1000A
or more if the electrical
manufacturers instructions. service entrance panelboards
with main lugs only using the six
(UL). Generally, these Additional boxes and fronts
2 service is a solidly disconnect rule.
ratings are that of the lowest grounded wye system of are required when the
interrupting rated device in more than 150V to ground, components required for
2 the panel. but not exceeding 600V one panelboard exceed the
phase-to-phase standard box dimensions.
2 Note: Service entrance panels
must be identified as such on
2 the order.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
Sub-Feed Lugs Through-Feed Lugs Multiple Section
Sub-feed lugs (see figure Through-feed lugs (see figure PanelboardFlush Mounted 2
below) are one means of below) are another method
interconnecting multi-section to interconnect multi-section
Shown below is the standard
method for flush mounting 2
panels. The sub-feed (second panelboards. The incoming multiple section lighting and
set of) lugs are mounted feeder cables are connected distribution panelboards using 2
directly beside the main lugs. to the main lugs or main standard flush trims.
These are required in each
section except the last panel
breaker at the bottom of
panel (Section 1). Another
2
Multiple Section Panelboard Flush Mounted
in the lineup. The feeder
cables are brought into the
set of lugs (through-feed)
are located at the opposite Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2
wiring gutter of the first end of the main bus. The
section and connected to interconnecting cables are
Conduit Nipple for Cross Wiring by Contractor
2
the main lugs. Another set connected to the through-
of the same size cables are feed lugs in Section 1 and are 2
connected to the sub-feed carried over to the main lugs
lugs (Section 1) and are
carried over to the main lugs
in Section 2. The connection
arrangement could be 3/4 3/4 3/4
2
(19.1) (19.1) (19.1)
2
of the adjacent panel. Cross reversed, i.e., main lugs at 3/4
(19.1)
connection cables are not top; through-feed lugs at Wall 1 1/2 Wall
Trim (38.1) Trim
furnished by Eaton. Sub-feed bottom end of panel. Cross
lugs are only available on main cables are not furnished Top Section
View
Contractor to Mount Boxes
1-1/2-inch (38.1 mm) Apart to 2
lug only panels. by Eaton. Allow for 3/4-inch (19.1 mm)
Note: Sub-feed lugs may Note: Through-feed lugs
3/4
Extension on Both Flush Trims 2
not be used on main lug only may not be used on main lug (19.1)
Trim Outside Edge of Box
(six disconnect rule) service
entrance panels.
only (six disconnect rule) service
entrance panels.
2
Sub-Feed Lugs Through-Feed Lugs 2
2
Box Box Box Box
Cross Cables
2
Main
Lugs
Neutral
2
Neutral Neutral
Panel
Panel
Panel
Panel
Thru-
2
Feed
Lugs
3/4
(19.1)
Neutral
2
Main 3/4 3/4 3/4
2
Lugs (19.1) (19.1) (19.1)
Conduit 3/4
Conduit (19.1)
2
Incoming Feeder Cables
Section 1 Section 2 Section 1 Section 2 Two Section Flush Trim Extends 3/4-inch
Panelboard (19.1 mm) Beyond Outside
(Flush Mounting) of Box on All Four Sides
2
Overcurrent Protection
The following requirements 2
will be found in the NEC:
Each lighting and appliance 2
branch circuit panelboard
shall be individually protected 2
on the supply side by not
more than two main circuit 2
breakers or two sets of fuses
having a combined rating not
greater than that on the
2
panelboard.
2
2
2
2
Ambient Temperatures Special Conditions Harmonic Currents Eaton can provide protective
2 The primary function of an Standard panelboards, Standard panelboard neutrals and diagnostic systems
overcurrent device is to assembled with standard are rated for 100% of the integral to panelboards.
2 protect the conductor components, are adequate panelboard current. However, The surge protective device
and its insulation against for most applications. since harmonic currents can (SPD) is integrated into the
2 overheating. In selecting However, special cause overheated neutrals, panelboards using a zero
lead length direct busbar
the size of the devices and consideration should be an option is provided for
2 conductors, consideration
should be given to the
given to those required for
application under special
neutrals to be rated at 200%
(1200A maximum neutral for
connection.
Pow-R-Line 4
2 ambient temperature
surrounding the conductors
conditions such as: 600A main bus) of the
panelboard phase current.
within and external to the
Excessive vibration
2 panelboard. Cumulative or shock Panelboards with the 200%
rated neutral are UL listed as
heating within the panelboard Frequencies above
2 may cause premature 60 cycles suitable for use with non-
linear loads.
operation of the overcurrent Altitudes above 6600 feet
2 protective devices. (2011.7m) Prior to specifying the 200%
Underwriters Laboratories
Damp environment rated neutral, Eaton
2 test procedures are based, (possible fungus growth) recommends a harmonic
survey be conducted of the
in part, on 80% loading of Compliance with federal,
2 panelboard branch circuit
devices. The NEC limits
state and municipal
electrical codes and
distribution system, be it new
or existing.
standards
2 the loading of overcurrent
devices in panelboards
Surge Protective Devices
to 80% of rating where in
Seismic Considerations The quality of power feeding
2 normal operation the load will The Uniform Building Code sensitive electronic loads is
critical to the reliable operation
The SPD protects sensitive
electronic equipment from the
continue for three hours or and the International Building
2 more. Further derating may Code, as well as local and
state building codes, place
of any facility. In modern
offices, hospitals, and
damaging effects of high and
low energy transients, as well
be required, depending on
manufacturing facilities, the as high frequency noise.
2 such factors as ambient
temperature, duty cycle,
an emphasis on seismic
building design requirements. most frequent causes of
Electrical distribution systems microprocessor-based
Standards and
2 frequency or altitude.
are treated as attachments to equipment downtime and
Certifications
Exception: There is one the building and therefore, fall damage are voltage transients
2 exception to this rule in both
UL and NEC. It applies to
into this category. and electrical noise. Eatons panelboards are
designed to meet the
All Eaton panelboards are Electrical loads and
2 assemblies and overcurrent
devices that have been listed seismic qualified at the microprocessor-based
following applicable
industry standards,
for continuous duty at 100% highest possible level, equipment are highly except where noted:
2 of its rating. and have been tested in susceptible to both high and
low energy transients. High Underwriters Laboratories:
accordance with ANSI
2 C37.81. This standard
quantifies actual earthquake
energy transients include
lightning induced surges and
Panelboards: UL 67
Cabinets and Boxes:
power company switching.
2 conditions, as well as
equipment seismic capability. These high energy transients
UL 50
Note: Only panelboards
can destroy components
2 instantly.
containing UL listed devices
can be UL labeled.
More frequently the electrical
2 system experiences low
energy transients and high NEMA Standards: PB 1
2 frequency noise. Federal Specification
W-P-115c:
2 The effects of continual low
energy transients and high
Circuit Breakers
frequency noise can cause Type I Class I
2 erratic equipment Fusible Switch
performance or sudden Type II Class I
2 failure of electronic circuit
board components.
2
2
2
2
2.5
2
Panelboard Selection Guide
Maximum Maximum Main AC Interrupting Capacity
2
2
Voltage Rating Rating (Amperes) rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA)
Panelboard Device Branch Circuits Sub-Feed Breaker
Type Type AC DC MLO Main Device Ampere Range Maximum Amperes Fully Rated Series Rated
PRL1a Breaker 240 400 400 15100 400 1022 22100 2
PRL2a Breaker
Breaker
240
480Y/277
250
250
400
400
400
400
15100
15100
400
400
65
14
65200
22150
2
PRL2R Breaker 240 225 225 15100 1022 22200 2
Breaker 480Y/277 225 225 15100 14 22100
PRL3a Breaker 240 250 800 600 15225 600 10200 22200 2
Breaker 480 250 800 600 15225 600 14100 22150
Breaker 600 250 800 600 15225 600 1435 2
PRL4B Breaker
Breaker
240
480
600
600
1200
1200
1200
1200
151200
151200

10200
14200
22200
22150
2
Breaker 600 600 1200 1200 151200 14200 2
PRL4F Fusible 240 250 1200 1200 301200 100200
Fusible 600 250 1200 1200 301200 100200 2
2
Terminal Wire Ranges, Pressure-Type Al/Cu Terminals Except as Noted
Note: All terminal sizes are based
on wire ampacities corresponding
Where copper-aluminum Check Eatons standard Optional 750 kcmil 2
terminals are supplied on terminal sizes versus mechanical screw-type
2
to those shown in NEC Table designated panelboard types, customer requirements. terminals are available
310.16 under the 75C insulation best results are obtained if a In particular, 400 and 800A upon request. Panelboard
columns (75C wire). The use of
suitable joint compound is breakers often require dimensions may be affected,
smaller size, (in circular mills),
regardless of insulation applied when aluminum nonstandard lugs. refer to Eaton. 2
temperature rating, is not conductors are used.
permitted. 2
Standard Main Lug Terminals 2
Wire Size Ranges for Ampere Capacity
Panel Type 100A 225A 250A 400A 600A 800A 1200A 2
PRL1a
PRL2a
#121/0
#121/0
#6300 kcmil
#6300 kcmil

(2) #4500 kcmil
(2) #4500 kcmil

2
PRL3a #121/0 #6350 kcmil (2) #4500 kcmil (2) #4500 kcmil (3) #4500 kcmil 2
PRL4 #4500 kcmil (2) #4500 kcmil (2) #4500 kcmil (3) #4500 kcmil (4) #4500 kcmil
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Standard Circuit Breaker Terminals FDPW Switch Terminals

2 Breaker Type Ampere Rating Wire Range Ampere Rating Wire Range
2 BAB, QBHW, BABRSP,

HQP, QPHW
1570 #14#4 30 #141/0
90100 #81/0 60 #141/0
2 EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC 100225 #44/0 or #6300 kcmil 100 #141/0
EGB, EGE, EGS, EGH 1550 #143/0 AL/CU 200 #4300 kcmil
2 60125 #63/0 AL/CU 400 250750 kcmil or (2) 3/0250 kcmil
2 EHD, FDB, FD,

HFD, FDC, HFDDC 1
15100
125225
#141/0
#44/0
600
800
(2) #4600 kcmil or (4) 3/0250 kcmil
(3) 250750 kcmil or (6) 3/0250 kcmil
2 FCL 15100 #141/0 1200 (4) 250750 kcmil or (8) 3/0250 kcmil
GHB, HGHB, GHQ, 1520 #14#10 Notes
2 GHQRSP
25100 #101/0 1 Suitable for DC applications only.
2 LHH is 400A maximum.
2
EGB, EGS, EGH 1550 #141/0
60125 #62/0
2 JD, HJD, JDC, HJDDC 1 70250 #4350 kcmil

DK 250350 250500 kcmil
2 400 (2) 3/0250 kcmil or (1) 3/0500 kcmil

KD, 225 (1) #3350 kcmil
2 HKD, KDC, HKDDC, 1
CKD, CHKD
350 (2) 3/0250 kcmil or
2
400 (2) 3/0250 kcmil or (1) 3/0500 kcmil
LHH 150400 #2500 kcmil
2 150400 (2) #2500 kcmil

150400 (1) 500750 kcmil
2 LGE, LGH, LGC, 250400 (1) #2500 kcmil
LGU, LHH 2
500600 (2) #2500 kcmil
2 LD, HLD, LDC, HLDDC 1 300500 (2) 250350 kcmil
CLD, CHLD
2 MDL, HMDL, HMDLDC 1
600
400600
(2) 400500 kcmil
(2) #1500 kcmil
2
CMDL, CHMDL
700800 (3) 3/0400 kcmil
ND, HND, CND, CHND, NDC, 8001000 (3) 3/0400 kcmil
2 CNDC
1200 (4) 4/0500 kcmil
LCL 125225 (1) #6350 kcmil
2 250400 (1) #4250 kcmil and (1) 3/0600 kcmil
2 FB-P 15100 #141/0

LA-P 70225 #6350 kcmil
2 250400 (1) #4250 kcmil and (1) 3/0600 kcmil

NB-P, NBDC 1 300700 (2) #1500 kcmil
2 800 (3) 3/0400 kcmil
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
Selection Guide
2
Molded Case Circuit Breaker Ratings
Note: Circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with each circuit breaker type. 2
Maximum
UL Listed Interrupting RatingskA Symmetrical Amperes 2
AC Rating Volts DC Rating Volts 1
2
Breaker Continuous Number Voltage
Type Ampere Rating of Poles AC 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250
2
BAB 23, HQP 23 1570 1 120 10
15100 2 120/240 10
15100 2, 3 240 10
2
BABRP, BABRSP 2 1530 1 120 10
1530 2 120/240 10 2
QBGF, QBGFEP, 1540 1 120 10
QPGF, QPGFEP,
QBAF, QBAG
1550 2 120/240 10 2
1520
1520
1
2
120
120/240
10
10

2
QBHW 23, QPHW 23 1570 1 120 22 2
15100 2 120/240 22
15100 2, 3 240 22 2
QBHGF, QBHGFEP, 1530 1 120 22
QPHGF, QPHGFEP
1530 2 120/240 22
2
2
GQ, GHQ 2, GHQRSP, 1520 1 277 65 14
GHB 23
15100 4 1 277 65 14 14
15100 4 2, 3 480Y/277 65 14 14 2
HGHB 2, 1530 1 277 65 25
GHBGFEP
1560 1 277 14 2
2
GHBS 1530 1 277 65 14
1530 2 480Y/277 65 14
EHD 23 15100 1 277 14 10
2
15100 2, 3 480 18 14 10
EGB 15125 1 277 35 35 18 10 2
15125 2, 3 480 35 18 10
EGS 15125 1 277 100 35 35 2
EGH
15125
15125
2, 3
1
480
277

200
100

65
35

42
35

2
15125 2, 3 480 200 65 42 2
FDB 5, 15150 2, 3 600 18 14 14 10
FD 23
15150 1 277 35 10 2
15225 2, 3 600 65 35 18 10
HFD 23 15150 1 277 65 10 2
15225 2, 3 600 100 65 25 22
2
Notes
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
2 15 and 20A single-pole switching duty rated for fluorescent applications.
2
2
3 Single-, two- and three-pole HACR rated.
4 DC rated single-pole, 1570A only.
5 Two- and three-pole HACR rated.
2
2
2
2
Selection Guide, continued

2
2
Molded Case Circuit Breaker Ratings, continued
Note: Circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with each circuit breaker type.
2 UL Listed Interrupting RatingskA Symmetrical Amperes

AC Rating Volts DC Rating Volts 1
2
Breaker Continuous Number Volts
Type Ampere Rating of Poles AC 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250
FDC 2
2
15225 2, 3 600 200 100 35 22
FCL 15100 2, 3 480 200 150
2 EDB 2 100225 2, 3 240 22 10

EDS 2 100225 2, 3 240 42 10
2 ED 2 100225 2, 3 240 65 10
2
EDH 100225 2, 3 240 100 10
2 EDC 2 100225 2, 3 240 200 10
2 EGB 2
EGE 2
15125
15125
1, 2, 3
1, 2, 3
240
240

25

18

18

2 EGS 2 15125 1, 2, 3 240 85 35 22

EGH 2 15125 1, 2, 3 240 100 65 25
2 JD 2 70250 2, 3 600 65 35 18 10
HJD 2 70250 2, 3 600 100 65 25 22
2 JDC 2 70250 2, 3 600 200 100 35 22
2 DK 250400 2, 3 240 65 10
KD, CKD 3 100400 2, 3 600 65 35 25 10 4
2 HKD, CHKD 3 100400 2, 3 600 100 65 35 22 4

LHH 5 150400 2, 3 480 100 65 35 42
2 KDC 100400 2, 3 600 200 100 65 22 4
2
LCL 5 125400 2, 3 600 200 200 100
LGE 250600 3 600 65 35 18 22
2 LGC 5 250600 2, 3 600 200 100 50 42

LGU 5 250600 2, 3 600 200 150 65 50
2 LD 5, CLD 35 300600 2, 3 600 65 35 25 22 4
LGH 250600 3 600 100 65 35 22
2 HLD 5, CHLD 35 300600 2, 3 600 100 65 35 25 4
2 LDC 5, CLDC 35
MDL 5, CMDL 35
300600
400800
2, 3
2, 3
600
600

200
65

100
50
50
25

25 4
22 4
2 HMDL 5, CHMDL 35 400800 2, 3 600 100 65 35 25 4

ND 5, CND 35 6001200 2, 3 600 65 50 25
2 HND 5, CHND 35 6001200 2, 3 600 100 65 35
NDC 5, CNDC 35 6001200 2, 3 600 200 100 65
2 Integrally Fused, Current Limiting Circuit Breakers
2
6
FB-P 15100 2, 3 600 200 200 200
6
LA-P 70400 2, 3 600 200 200 200
2 NB-P 300800 2, 3 600 200 200 200 6
2 Notes
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
2
2 Two- and three-pole HACR rated.
3 100% rated circuit breaker.
4 DC rating not available with electronic trip.
2 5 Available with integral ground fault protection.

6 100k based on NEMA test procedure.
2
2
2.5
Contents
Type PRL1a
Description Page
2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25 2
Type PRL1a 2
Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45 2
2
Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-49
2
2
2
Type PRL1a 2
Product Description Application Description Standards and Certifications 2
240 Vac maximum Lighting branch panelboard UL 67, UL 50
Three-phase four-wire, Fully rated or series rated Federal Specification 2
three-phase three-wire, Interrupting ratings up to W-P-115c
single-phase three-wire, 200 kA symmetrical Refer to Page V15-T2-29 2
single-phase two-wire Suitable for use as Service for additional information
400A maximum mains Entrance Equipment, when 2
100A maximum branch specified on the order
breakers See Pages V15-T2-29 2
Bolt-on or plug-on branch through V15-T2-36 for
breakers additional information 2
Each branch connector is
capable of up to a total of
140A maximum by breaker
2
ampere rating
Factory assembled 2
Refer to Page V15-T2-29
2
for additional information
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Selection
2
2 Type PRL1a PRL1a PRL1a Branch Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Bolt-on = BAB, QBHW, QBGF, QBHGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP, QBAF, QBAG, QBHAF, QBHAG
2
Ampere Rating (kA Sym.) Breaker Plug-on = HQP, QPHW, QPGF, QPHGF, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP
Rating 240 Vac Type
Interrupting
Main Lug Only Ampere Rating (kA Sym.) Breaker
2 100
Rating 240 Vac 1 Type
1560 10 BAB, HQP
2 225
70 10 BAB, HQP
400
2 Main Breaker
80100 10 BAB, HQP
100 10 BAB 1550 2 10 QBGF, QPGF 3
2 100 18 EHD 1550 2 10 QBGFEP, QPGFEP 4

1520 10 QBCAF 5
2
100 22 QBHW
100 22 EDB 1560 10 BAB-D, HQP-D 6
2 100 42 EDS 1530 10 BAB-C, HQP-B 7

1530 10 BABRP 8
100 65 ED
2 100 65 FD, FDE 1530 10 BABRSP 8
100 100 EDH 1560 22 QBHW, QPHW

2 100 100 HFD, HFDE
70 22 QBHW, QPHW
80100 22 QBHW, QPHW
2 225
225
22
42
EDB
EDS 1530 22 QBHGF, QPHGF 3
2 225 65 ED
1530
1520
22
22
QBHGFEP, QPHGFEP 4
QBHCAF 5
225 100 EDH
2 250 65 JD Provision
250 100 HJD Notes

2 250 200 JDC
1 Single-pole breakers are rated 120 Vac maximum.
2 50A devices are available as two-pole only.
2 400 65 DK 3 GFCI for 5 mA personnel protection.

4 GFP for 30 mA equipment protection.
400 65 KD
2
5 Arc fault circuit breaker.
400 100 HKD 6 HID (High Intensity Discharge) rated breaker.
400 100 LHH 7 Switching Neutral Breaker. single-pole device requires two-pole space, two-pole device
2 400 200 KDC

requires three-pole space.
8 Solenoid operated breaker.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
Box Sizing and Selection
Assembled Circuit
Breaker Panelboards and
Determine sub-feed
breaker or through-feed
Cabinets 2
Fronts are code-gauge
Lighting Controls lug requirements.
Box size and box and trim 3. Select the main ampere
steel, ANSI-61 light gray
painted finish.
2
catalog numbers for all rating section from table
standard panelboard on Page V15-T2-40. Boxes are code-gauge 2
types are found on galvanized steel without
4. Select panelboard type
Page V15-T2-40.
from first column, main
knockouts. Standard depth
is 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm).
2
breaker frame, if Standard width is 20 inches
Instructions
1. Using description of the
applicable, from second (508.0 mm). An optional 2
column, and sub-feed 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide
required panelboard,
select the rating and
breaker frame, if
applicable, from the
box is available. 2
type of main required. third column.
2. Count the total number 5. From Step #2, determine
Top and Bottom Gutters
5-1/2 inches (139.7 mm)
2
of branch circuit poles, the number of branch
including provisions, circuits in Column 4.
minimum.
2
required in the
6. Read box size, box and
panelboard. Do not
count main breaker trim catalog numbers 2
poles. Convert two- across columns to the
or three-pole branch right. Specify surface
or flush mounting on
2
breaker to single-poles,
i.e., three-pole breaker,
count as three poles.
the order.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

2
2 PRL1a Panelboard Sizing
2
Main Breaker Types Sub-Feed Breaker Types Maximum No. of Box Dimensions 1
and Mounting Position and Mounting Position Branch Circuits YS Box LT Trim EZ Box EZ Trim
Panelboard (H) = Horizontal (H) = Horizontal Including Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 Types (V) = Vertical (V) = Vertical Provisions Height Width Depth Number Number Number Number
100A
2 Main breaker BAB, QBHW

(H)
15 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F
2 39 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
2
Main lugs or EHD 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F
main breaker FD, HFD
2 (V) 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
2 Main lugs or main
breaker with 100A
EHD
FD
EHD
FD
2
through-feed lugs or HFD HFD
sub-feed breaker (V) (V) 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
2 225A
Main lugs or EDB, EDS, ED, 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F
2
main breaker EDH, FD, HFD
(V) 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
2 Main lugs or main FD, HFD, FD, HFD, 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
breaker with 225A EDS, ED, EDS, ED,
2 throughfeed lugs or
sub-feed breaker
EDH
(V)
EDH
2 400A
Main breaker DK, KD, HKD, 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
2
KDC, LHH
2 Main lugs or main DK, KD, HKD, FD, HFD, 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
breaker with 225A KDC, LHH EDS, ED,
2 through-feed lugs or (V) EDH 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
sub-feed breaker (V) 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F
2 Main breaker with 400A DK, KD, HKD,

through-feed lugs or KDC, LHH
DK, KD,
HKD, KDC
sub-feed breaker (V) (V) 30 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F
2
Note
1 Smaller panelboard box sizes are available if required. Contact Eaton for application information.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
Contents
Type PRL2a
Description Page
2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25 2
Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37 2
Type PRL2a
Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45 2
2
Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-49
2
2
2
Type PRL2a 2
480Y/277 Vac maximum Lighting branch panelboard UL 67, UL 50
(125 Vdc) Fully rated or series rated Federal Specification 2
Three-phase four-wire, Interrupting ratings up to W-P-115c
three-phase three-wire, 200 kA symmetrical Refer to Page V15-T2-20 2
single-phase three-wire, Suitable for use as Service for additional information
single-phase two-wire
400A maximum mains
Entrance Equipment, when 2
specified on the order
100A maximum branch
breakers
See Pages V15-T2-20 2
through V15-T2-36 for
Bolt-on branch breakers additional information 2
Each branch connector is
capable of up to a total of
140A maximum by breaker
2
ampere rating
Factory assembled 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Selection
2
2 Type PRL2a PRL2a PRL2a Branch Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating Interrupting Rating
2 Ampere (kA Symmetrical) Breaker Ampere (kA Symmetrical) Breaker

Rating 240 Vac 480Y/277 Vac 125/250 Vdc Type Rating 240 Vac 1 480Y/277 Vac 125/250 Vdc Type
2 Main Lug Only

100
1520
1520
65
65
14
14

14
GHQ 2
GHB 2
2 225 2560 65 14 14 GHB 2

400 70100 65 14 14 GHB 2
2 Main Breaker 1530 65 25 HGHB 2
GHQRSP 3
2
100 65 14 14 GHB 1520 65 14
100 18 14 10 EHD 1530 65 14 GHBS 23
2 100 65 35 10 FD, FDE 1560 14 GHBGFEP 24

100 100 65 22 HFD, HFDE 1520 14 GHBHID 25
2 100 200 100 22 FDC Provision
225 65 ED
2
Notes
225 65 35 10 FD, FDE 1 Interrupting ratings in this column are applicable to 120 Vac for single-pole breakers.
2 Must be used on 480Y/277V grounded wye systems only.
2
225 100 65 22 HFD, HFDE
3 Remote controllable breaker.
225 200 100 22 FDC 4 GFP for 30 mA equipment protection. Requires two-pole spaces. 277 Vac only.
2 250 65 35 10 JD 5 HID (High Intensity Discharge) rated breaker.
250 100 65 22 HJD

2 250 200 100 22 JDC
400 65 35 10 KD
2 400 100 65 22 HKD
2 400
400
100
200
65
100

22
LHH
KDC
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
Assembled Circuit
Breaker Panelboards and
Determine sub-feed
breaker or through-feed
Cabinets 2
Fronts are code-gauge
Lighting Controls
2
lug requirements. steel, ANSI-61 light gray
Box size and box and trim 3. Select the main ampere painted finish.
catalog numbers for all
2
rating section from table
standard panelboard on Page V15-T2-44. Boxes are code-gauge
types are found on galvanized steel without
4. Select panelboard
Page V15-T2-44.
type from first column,
knockouts. Standard depth
is 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm).
2
main breaker frame, if
Instructions
1. Using description of the
applicable, from second
Standard width is 20 inches
(508.0 mm). An optional 2
column, and sub-feed
required panelboard, 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide
select the rating and
breaker frame, if
applicable, from the
box is available. 2
type of main required. third column.
2. Count the total number 5. From Step #2, determine
Top and Bottom Gutters 2
of branch circuit poles, 5-1/2 inches (139.7 mm)
the number of branch
including provisions, circuits in Column 4.
minimum. 2
required in the
6. Read box size, box and
panelboard. Do not
count main breaker trim catalog numbers 2
poles. Convert two- across columns to the
or three-pole branch right. Specify surface 2
breaker to single-poles, or flush mounting on
i.e., three-pole breaker, the order.
2
count as three poles.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
PRL2a Panelboard Sizing
2 Main Breaker Types Sub-Feed Breaker Types Maximum No. of Box Dimensions 1
and Mounting Position and Mounting Position Branch Circuits YS Box LT Trim EZ Box EZ Trim
2 Panelboard
Types
(H) = Horizontal
(V) = Vertical
(H) = Horizontal
(V) = Vertical
Including
Provisions Height Width Depth
Catalog Catalog
Number Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 100A
Main breaker BAB, QBHW 15 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F
2 (H)
2
2 Main lugs or
main breaker
EHD
FD, HFD, FDE
HFDE 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
Main lugs or main breaker EHD EHD 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
2 with 100A through-feed FD, FDE
lugs or sub-feed breaker HFD, HFDE
FD
HFD 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
2
(V) (V) 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
225A
2 Main lugs or
main breaker
EDB, EDS, ED,
EDH, FD, HFD
FDE, HFDE 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
JD, HJD 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
2 JDC
Main lugs or main breaker EHD, FD, HFD, EHD, FD, HFD, 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
2 with 225A through-feed EDB, EDS, ED,

lugs or sub-feed breaker EDH
EDB, EDS, ED,
EDH (V) 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
FDE, HFDE 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
2 (V)
JD, HJD EHD, FD, HFD, 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
2 JDC
(V)
EDB, EDS, ED,
2 400A
2
Main lugs or DK, KD, HKD, 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
main breaker KDC, LHH
Main lugs or main breaker DK, KD, HKD, EHD, FD, HFD, 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
2 with 225A through-feed KDC, LHH
lugs or sub-feed breaker (V)
EDB, EDS, ED,
2 Main lugs or main breaker DK, KD, HKD, JD, HJD, JDC, 18 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F
with 400A through-feed KDC, LHH DK, KD,
2 lugs or sub-feed breaker (V) HKD, KDC
(V)
30
42
90.00 (2286.0)
90.00 (2286.0)
20.00 (508.0)
20.00 (508.0)
5.75 (146.1)
5.75 (146.1)
YS2090
YS2090
LT2090S or F
LT2090S or F
EZB2090R
EZB2090R
EZT2090S or F
EZT2090S or F
2 Note
1 Smaller panelboard box sizes are available if required. Contact Eaton for application information.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
Contents
Type PRL3a
Description Page
2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25 2
Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37 2
Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL3a 2
2
Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-49
2
2
2
Type PRL3a 2
600 Vac maximum Lighting panelboard or UL 67, UL 50
(250 Vdc) power distribution Federal Specification 2
Three-phase four-wire, panelboard W-P-115c
three-phase three-wire, Fully rated or series rated Refer to Page V15-T2-29 2
single-phase three-wire, Interrupting ratings up to for additional information
800A maximum main lugs
200 kA symmetrical 2
Suitable for use as Service
600A maximum main
breaker
Entrance Equipment, when
specified on the order
2
225A maximum branch
breakers
See Pages V15-T2-29
2
Bolt-on branch breakers

Factory assembled
additional information
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Selection
2
2 Type PRL3a PRL3a
Ampere Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Breaker
2 Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc Type
Main Lug Only
2 100
250
2 400
2
600
800 1
2 Main Breaker
100 18 14 10 EHD
2 100 18 14 14 10 FDB
100 22 EDB
2 100 42 EDS
100 65 ED
2 100 100 EDH
100 65 35 18 10 FD, FDE
2 100 100 65 25 22 HFD, HFDE
100 200 100 35 22 FDC
2 100 200 150 FCL
100 200 200 200 100 2 FB-P 3
2 225 22 EDB
2
225 42 EDS
225 65 ED
2 225
225
100
200

EDH
EDC
2 225
225
65
100
35
65
18
25
10
22
FD, FDE
HFD, HFDE
2 225
250
200
65
100
35
35
18
22
10
FDC
JD
2 250 100 65 25 22 HJD

250 200 100 35 22 JDC
2 400 65 10 DK
400 65 35 25 10 KD
2 400 100 65 35 22 HKD
400 100 65 LHH
2 400 200 100 65 22 KDC
400 65 LCL 4
2 400 200 200 200 100 2 LA-P 34
600 65 35 18 22 LGE
2 600 100 65 35 22 LGH
600 200 100 50 42 LGC
2 600 65 35 25 22 LD
2
600 100 65 35 25 HLD
600 200 100 50 25 LDC
2 600
600
65
100
35
65
25
35
22
25
CLD 5
CHLD 5
2 600 200 100 50 25 CLDC 5
Notes
2 1 800A MLO requires 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide box.
2 100,000 based on NEMA test procedure.
2
3 Top feed only.
4 Requires 6.50-inch (165.1 mm) deep box. Not available in Type 3R, 12, 4 and 4X enclosures.
5 100% rated circuit breaker. Requires copper bus. Not available in Type 12, 4 and 4X enclosures.
2
2.5
PRL3a Branch Circuit Breakers PRL3a Branch Circuit Breakers, continued
Ampere Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Breaker Ampere Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Breaker
2
Rating
1560
240 Vac
10 23
480 Vac

600 Vac

250 Vdc

Type
BAB
Rating
2560
240 Vac
65
480 Vac
14 89
600 Vac

250 Vdc
14
Type
GHB
2
1560 10 BAB-H 70100 65 14 89 14 GHB 2
70 10 23 BAB 1530 65 25 89 HGHB
70 10 BAB-H 1520 65 14 89 14 GHQRSP 7 2
23 89 7
2
80100 10 BAB 1530 65 14 14 GHBS
80100 10 BAB-H 1560 14 89 GHBGFEP
1550 1 10 23 QBGF 1520 14 89 GHBHID 5
2
1550 1 10 QBGFEP 1560 18 j 14 8 10 EHD
1520 10 23 QBCAF 4 70100 18 j 14 8 10 EHD 2
1560 10 23 BAB-D 5 1560 18 V14 14 10 FDB
1530 10 23 BAB-C 6 70100 18 14 14 10 FDB 2
2
1530 10 2 BABRP 7 110150 18 14 14 10 FDB
1530 10 2 BABRSP 7 1560 65 j 35 8 18 10 FD, FDE
1560 22 23 QBHW 70100 65 j
j
35 8 18 10 FD, FDE
2
1560 22 QBHW-H 110225 65 35 18 10 FD k, FDE
70 22 23 QBHW 1560 100 j 65 8 25 22 HFD, HFDE 2
70 22 QBHW-H 70100 100 j 65 8 25 22 HFD, HFDE
80100 22 23 QBHW 110225 100 j 65 25 22 HFD k, HFDE 2
80100
1530
22
22

QBHW-H
QBHGF
1560
70100
200
200
100
100
35
35
22
22
FDC
FDC
2
1530 22 QBHGFEP 110225 200 100 35 22 FDC k 2
1520 22 23 QBHCAF 4 100225 22 EDB k
1520 65 14 89 GHQ 100225 42 EDS k 2
1520 65 14 89 14 GHB 100225 65 ED k
100225 100 EDH k
2
100225 200 EDC k
2
Notes
2 Single-pole breaker rated 120 Vac.
2
3 Two-pole breaker rated 120/240 Vac.
2
5 HID (High Intensity Discharge) rated breaker.
6 Switching Neutral Breaker. single-pole device requires two-pole space, two-pole device 2
requires three-pole space.
7 Solenoid operated breaker.
8 Single-pole breaker rated 277 Vac.
2
2
9 For use on 480Y/277V systems only.
j AIC rating for two- and three-pole breakers only.
k Maximum of six breakers per panel, 175225A.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2 Panel Layout Instructions Layout Example

1. Select: 1. Description of Panel
2 a. Required mains (lugs or breaker). Type PRL3a three-phase, four-wire, 120/208 Vac flush
mounting. Panel to have short-circuit rating of 22,000
2 b. Neutral where required.
c. Branch circuits as required.
symmetrical amperes. Main breaker 400A, three-pole,
bottom mounting. Branch circuits bolt-on as follows:
2 2. Layout panel as shown below, using appropriate
12200A single-pole QBHW
1200A three-pole ED
X dimensions.
2
1225A three-pole ED
3. Using total X units (panel height) find box height in inches
2. Layout Information from LayoutPRL3a table (left):
(mm) and box catalog number from table below. (When total
2 X units come out to an uneven number, use next highest a. 400A Neutral. . . . . . . . . . . . .= 8X
number; i.e., if total X comes out 25X, use 31X.)
2 LayoutPRL3a
b.
c.
12-poles of QBHW . . . . . . . .= 5X
Two three-pole ED breakers . . = 6X
2 Poles d. Main breaker, 400A,
Three-pole DK . . . . . . . . . . .= 15X
6 - 3X BAB, QBHW, QBCAF,
2 12 - 5X BABRP, BABRSP, QBHCAF
Total Height. . . . . . . . . . . . .= 34X
18 - 8X GHQ, GHB, HGHB 3. From Box TabulationPRL3a table (below):
2
1
24 - 10X
30 - 13X a. 34X Height (use 40X box)
2
36 - 15X b. Box Height 72 inches (1828.8 mm)
42 - 18X
c. Box Catalog Number. . . . . . . . YS2072 or EZB2072R
EDB, EDS, ED,
2 1-Pole
2-Pole
1-Pole
2-Pole
1X EDH, EDC,
EHD, FDB, FD, FDE, Box TabulationPRL3a
2 1-Pole
3-pole
2X HFD, FDC, HFDE
150A max. per branch breaker
X
YS Box
Catalog
LT Trim
Catalog
EZ Box
Catalog
EZ Trim
Catalog
2-Pole 3X (300A max. per connector)
2
Units Box Height Number Number Number Number
2X EDB, EDS, ED, 100400A
2-Pole EDH, EDC
2 2- or 3-pole
3X FD, HFD, FDC,
2 FDE, HFDE
14X 36.00 (914.4) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F
three-pole 23X 48.00 (1219.2) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F
2 Neutral
Section
5X 100250A 31X 60.00 (1524.0) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F
8X 400800A 40X 72.00 (1524.0) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F
2 11X 800A with through-feed lug 53X 90.00 (2286.0) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F
Main Lug 2X 100A 600A
2 Section 5X 250A 23X 48.00 (1219.2) YS2048 LTV2048S or F EZB2048R EZTV2048S or F
8X 400600A
31X 60.00 (1524.0) YS2060 LTV2060S or F EZB2060R EZTV2060S or F
2 14X 800A
Main Horizontal 2X EHD, FDB, FD,
2 Breaker
Section
Mounting 2-Pole
3X
HFD, FDC, FDE, HFDE
EDB, EDS, ED, 800A
three-pole EDH, EDC 3
2
23X 48.00 (1219.2) YS2848 LTV2848S or F
Vertical 7X EHD, FDB, FD, FDE, HFD, FDC, 31X 60.00 (1524.0) YS2860 LTV2860S or F
Mounting HFDE, EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC 4
2 9X FCL, FB-P 5
40X
53X
72.00 (1524.0)
90.00 (2286.0)
YS2872
YS2890
LTV2872S or F
LTV2890S or F

14X JD, HJD, JDC
2 15X DK, KD, HKD, KDC, LHH
Cabinets Standard Depth
17X LD, HLD, LDC, CLD, CHLD, CLDC
Fronts are code-gauge steel, 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm).
2 18X LGE, LGH, LGC
ANSI-61 light gray painted
21X LCL, LA-P 56 Top and Bottom Gutters
finish.
2 Notes
Boxes are code-gauge
5-1/2 inches (139.7 mm)
1 GHB, HGHB and GHQ breakers cannot be mixed on same connector as BAB, QBHW, BABRP minimum.
galvanized steel without
2 and BABRSP.
2 Maximum of six breakers per panel. knockouts. Standard depth is
Side Gutters
5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm).
2
3 Horizontal mounted 15150A main breakers EHD, FDB, FD, FDE, HFD, HFDE and FDC, will be
furnished as branch breaker construction. Branch breakers single-, two- or three-pole as

4 inches (101.6 mm)
required, may be located opposite these main breakers. Standard widths are: minimum.
2 4 If optional terminal kit 3TA225FDK is required, use 10X.
5 FB-P and LA-P top mounting only.
20-inch (508.0 mm)
100600A.
6 LCL or LA-P main breaker requires 6-1/2-inch (165.1 mm) deep box. 28-inch (711.2 mm)
2 800A.
2.5
Contents
Type PRL4
Description Page
2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25 2
Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37 2
Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45 2
2
Type PRL4
2
2
Type PRL4B Circuit Breaker and Type PRL4F Fusible Panelboards
2
Type PRL4 2
600 Vac maximum Power distribution UL 67, UL 50
(600 Vdc) panelboard Federal Specification 2
Three-phase, four-wire, Fully rated or series rated W-P-115c
three-phase three-wire, Interrupting ratings up to Refer to Page V15-T2-29 2
single-phase three-wire, 200 kA symmetrical for additional information
PRL4B circuit breaker
Suitable for use as Service 2
Entrance Equipment, when
panelboard
PRL4F fusible switch
specified on the order 2
See Pages V15-T2-29
panelboard
1200A maximum mains
additional information
2
1200A maximum branch
devices
2
Bolt-on branch devices

Factory assembled
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Selection
2
2 Type PRL4 PRL4 Main Lugs and Main Breakers PRL4 Main Fusible Switches
Interrupting Rating Ampere Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical)
2 Ampere (kA Symmetrical) Breaker

Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc 600 Vdc Type
Rating 240 Vac
Main Fusible Switch 240 Vac, 250 Vdc 678
480 Vac Device Type
2
Main Lug Only
200 See Page V15-T2-39 FDPB
250
400 FDPW
2
400
600 9 FDPW
600
800 9 FDPW
2
800
1200 1200 9 FDPW
2
Main Breaker 1 Main Fusible Switch 600 Vac 67
250 65 35 18 10 JD 200 See Page V15-T2-39 FDPB
2
250 100 65 25 22 HJD 400 FDPW
250 42 35 HJDDC 2
600 9 FDPW
2
250 200 100 35 22 JDC
800 9 FDPW
250 200 200 LCL
400 65 10 DK 1200 9 FDPW
2 400 65 35 25 10 KD Notes
400 65 35 25 CKD 34
2
1 For ground fault protection on main devices, see Modification 14 on Page V15-T2-63 or
400 100 65 35 22 HKD Modification 15 on Page V15-T2-63

2 For use on DC systems only.
400 42 35 HKDDC 2
2 400 100 65 35 42 LHH
3 100% rated breaker. Requires copper bus. Not available in Type 12, 4 and 4X enclosures.
4 Breaker only available in three-pole frame.
400 100 65 35 CHKD 34
2
5 Requires 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box.
400 200 100 65 22 KDC 6 For ground fault protection on main devices, see Modification 15 on Page V15-T2-63.
400 200 200 LCL 7 Fuses not included. Specify required fuse clips on all switches.
2 400 200 200 200 LA-P 8 Class J Fuse provisions are applicable only to 600V units. When required, use dimensions of
600 65 35 18 22 LGE 1 600V units for all voltages 600 and below.
2
9 No DC rating on 600, 800 and 1200A switches
600 100 65 35 22 LGH 1
600 200 100 50 42 LGC
2 600 200 150 65 50 LGU
600 65 35 25 22 LD
2 600 65 35 25 CLD 3
600 100 65 35 25 HLD
2 600 42 35 HLDDC 2
600 100 65 35 CHLD 3
2 600 200 100 50 25 LDC
600 200 100 50 CLDC 3
2 800
800
65
100
50
65
25
35
22
25

MDL
HMDL
2 800
800

65

50

25
42

35

HMDLDC 2
CMDL 3
2 800
800
100
200
65
200
35
200

CHMDL 3
NB-P
2 800
800
65
100
50
65
25
35

ND
HND
2 800
800
200
65
100
50
65
25

NDC
CND 35
2 800
800
100
200
65
100
35
65

CHND 35
CNDC 35
2
1200 65 50 25 ND
1200 100 65 35 HND
2
1200 200 100 65 NDC
1200 65 50 25 CND 35
1200 100 65 35 CHND 35
2 1200 200 100 65 CNDC 35
1200 42 50 NBDC 2
2
2
2.5
PRL4 Branch Devices PRL4 Branch Devices, continued
Ampere Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Breaker Ampere Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Breaker
2
Rating
1560
240 Vac
10 23
480 Vac

600 Vac

250 Vdc

600 Vdc

Type
BAB
Rating
250
240 Vac
100
480 Vac
65
600 Vac
25
250 Vdc
22
600 Vdc

Type
HJD
2
1560
70100
10
10 23

BAB-H
BAB
70250
70225

200

100

35
42
22
35

HJDDC 6
JDC
2
70100
1550 1
10
10 23

BAB-H
QBGF
250
125250
200
200
100
200
35

22

JDC
LCL
2
1520
1560
10 23
22 23

QBCAF 4
QBHW
250400
100400
65
65

35

25
10
10

DK
KD
2
2
1560 22 QBHW-H 100400 65 35 25 CKD 9jk
70100 22 23 QBHW 100400 100 65 35 22 HKD
6
2
70100 22 QBHW-H 100400 42 35 HKDDC
1530 22 23 QBHGF 100400 100 65 35 CHKD 9jk
1520 22 23 QBHCAF 4 125400 100 65 35 42 LHH
1520 65 2 14 5 GHQ 7 100400 200 100 65 22 KDC 2
1560 65 2 14 5 14 GHB 7 200400 200 200 LCL
70100 65 2 14 5 14 GHB 7 250600 65 35 18 22 LGE 2
1530 65 2 25 5 HGHB 7 300600 65 35 25 22 LD
1560 18 8 14 5 10 EHD 300600 65 35 25 CLD 9 2
70100 18 8 14 5 10 EHD 250600 100 65 35 22 LGH
1560 18 14 14 10 FDB 300600 100 65 35 25 HLD 2
70100 18 14 14 10 FDB 300600 42 35 HLDDC 6
110150 18 14 14 10 FDB 300600 100 65 35 CHLD 1 2
1560 65 8 35 5 18 10 FD, FDE 250600 200 100 35 42 LGC
70100 65 8 35 5 18 10 FD, FDE 300600 200 100 50 25 LDC 2
110225 65 8 35 18 10 FD, FDE 300600 200 100 50 25 CLDC 1
1560 100 8
8
65 5 25 22 HFD, HFDE 250600 200 150 65 50 LGU 2
70100 100 65 5 25 22 HFD, HFDE 400800 65 50 25 22 MDL
110225 100 8 65 25 22 HFD, HFDE 400800 100 65 35 25 HMDL 2
1560 200 100 35 22 FDC 300800 42 35 HMDLDC 6
70100 200 100 35 22 FDC 400800 65 50 25 CMDL 1 2
110225 200 100 35 22 FDC 400800 100 65 35 CHMDL 1
15100 200 150 FCL 400800 65 50 25 ND 2
15150 42 35 HFDDC 6 400800 100 65 35 HND
100225
100225
22
42

EDB
EDS
400800
400800
200
65
100
50
65
25

NDC
CND 12
2
100225
100225
65
100

ED
EDH
400800
400800
100
200
65
100
35
65

CHND 12
CNDC 12
2
100225
70225
200
65

35

18

10

EDC
JD
6001200
6001200
65
100
50
65
25
35

ND
HND
2
250
70225
65
100
35
65
18
25
10
22

JD
HJD
6001200
6001200
200
65
100
50
65
25

NDC
CND 12
2
2
6001200 100 65 35 CHND 12
6001200 200 100 65 CNDC 12
2
7001200 42 50 NBDC 6
Notes
2 Single-pole breakers rated 120 Vac.
2
2
3 Two-pole breakers rated 120/240 Vac.
5 Single-pole breakers rated 277 Vac.
7 At 480V, must be used on 480Y/277V grounded wye systems only.
2
2
8 AIC rating for two- and three-pole breakers only.
9 100% rated breaker. Requires copper bus. Not available in Type 12, 4 and 4X enclosures.
j Breaker only available in three-pole frame.
k Available in single branch mounting only.
2
2
2
PRL4 Branch Devices, continued FDPW and FDPB Switch Ratings, 240 or 600 Vac
2 Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Fuse Short-Circuit
Ampere Breaker
Ampere Class Ratings
2 Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac
Integrally Fused, Current Limiting Circuit Breaker
250 Vdc Type
Rating Used (kA Symmetrical)
30100 R, J 5 200
2 15100 200 200 200 1
FB-P
200 Single R, J 5 200
1
125225 200 200 200 LA-P
2 250400 200 200 200 1
LA-P
200 Twin
400, 600 7
R 6, J 5, T
R 7, J 5, T
200
200
1
2
400600 200 200 200 NB-P
800, 1200 7 L 200
1
700800 200 200 200 NB-P
Notes
2 Fusible Switches 240 Vac, 250 Vdc 2
1 100 kAIC based on NEMA test procedure.
30/30 3 See table at the right FDPW-Twin 2 Fuses not included. Specify required fuse clips on all switches. (T fuse clips not
2 60/60 3 FDPW-Twin available for 200/200 twin switches.)

3 When branches of a twin unit are of different ampere ratings, as a 3060 twin unit, price
100/100 3 FDPW-Twin
2
and layout as a 6060 twin unit; when a 60100 twin unit, price and layout as a 100100
200/200 FDPB-Twin twin unit.
4 No DC rating on 600, 800 and 1200A switches.
2 100
200
FDPW-Single
FDPB-Single
5 Class J fuse provisions are applicable to 600V units. When required, use price and
dimensions of 600V units for all voltages 600V and below.

6 Twin 200A switches are not available with Class R fuse clips at 600V.
2 400 See table at the right FDPW-Single 7 When shunt trip is required, 400600A switches used with Class R fuses are rated 100 kAIC.
600 4 FDPW-Single
2 800 4 FDPW-Single
1200 4 FDPW-Single
2 Fusible Switches 600 Vac 2
2 30/30 3
60/60 3
See table at the right FDPW-Twin
FDPW-Twin
2 100/100 3 FDPW-Twin
200/200 5 FDPB-Twin
2 100 FDPW-Single
2
200 FDPB-Single
400 See table at the right FDPW-Single
2 600 4
4
FDPW-Single
800 FDPW-Single
2 1200 4 FDPW-Single
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
Box Sizing and SelectionPRL4B
Main Lug Only (MLO), Main Breaker, Neutral, Through-Feed Lug * = Space available for branch devices. For device sizing, 2
(TFL) and Sub-Feed Lug (SFL) X Space Requirements. (For see Page V15-T2-55.
other configurations not shown, refer to Eaton.)
= Blank means no bus under cover, to meet NEC cable 2
bending space.
2
PRL4B Layout
2
Standard Main Lug, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a Main Breaker with Neutral (when required)
(500 kcmil Maximum)
MLO, SFL MLO, TFL
(500 kcmil Maximum) 2
10X
N
10X
N
7X
N Main Breaker
19X
N 2
250A a, 400A a, 250A, 400A,

2
Main Breaker
600A a, 800A
2
600A, 800A
* *
* *
*
2
7X Through-
Feed Lugs
3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W, 2

3Ph 3W
800A Vertically Mtd. MDL Main Breaker only in 24-inch (609.6 mm) wide box.
Available with 38X and 50X Panel Height only. 2
MLO MLO, TFL
N N N
2X Blank
2
12X 12X 7X
1200A 1200A
Main Breaker
2
Main Breaker
36-inch
(914.4 mm) * *
36-inch
(914.4 mm) * 2
Minimum Minimum *
Width 2X Blank 7X Through-
Feed Lugs
Width 2X Blank
2X Blank
2
3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W 3Ph 3W
2
Optional Main Lugs, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a (750 kcmil Maximum) 2
MLO, SFL MLO, TFL
2
N N
20X 20X 13X 13X
2
250A a, 400A a, 250A, 400A,
600A a, 800A
*
600A, 800A
* 2
* *
3X Blank 9X Through-
Feed Lugs 3X Blank 9X Through-
Feed Lugs
2
3Ph 4W 3Ph 3W
2
MLO MLO, TFL 2
20X
N
20X
N
15X 15X 2
1200A
36-inch
120A
36-inch
2
(914.4 mm) * * (914.4 mm) * *
Minimum
Width Blank Through-
Minimum
Width Blank Through-
2
5X 11X Feed Lugs 5X 11X Feed Lugs
2
3Ph 4W 3Ph 3W
Note
2
1 Sub-feed lugs are available 250600A. For 600A, use 1200A A space.
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Box DimensionsPRL4B

2 X Catalog
Panel Layout and Dimensions Layout Example Units Number Height Width Depth 1
2 To determine the dimensions 1PRL4B panelboard, 26X BX2457 57.00 (1447.8) 24.00 (609.6) 11.31 (287.0)
of a given panelboard 480Y/277 volt, three-phase
2 enclosure, make a layout four-wire 65 kA, 800A, 38X BX2473 73.50 (1866.9) 24.00 (609.6) 11.31 (287.0)
sketch by fitting together main lug, consisting of: 50X BX2490 90.00 (2286.0) 24.00 (609.6) 11.31 (287.0)
2 the main, branch and lug
modules according to the
1220A/single-pole HFD 38X BX3673 73.50 (1866.9) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0)
2250A/three-pole HJD 50X BX3690 90.00 (2286.0) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0)
appropriate tables in the
2 layout guide. Assign X
1400A/three-pole HKD 38X BX4473 73.50 (1866.9) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0)
units to each module as
2 Reference PRL4B Layout 50X BX4490 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0)
shown and obtain a total
Example
X number. Top and Bottom Gutters
2 The height of the enclosure is
1. From layout guide, total
X height of panel = 10.63-inch (269.9 mm) minimum.
related to the total X units 26X, (which is a design
2 in the layout as shown in standard and no rounding Side GuttersMinimum
table on right. Three standard off is necessary). 24.00-inch (609.6 mm) wide box5.00-inch (127.0 mm).
2 box heights are available to
2. From table on right,
36.00-inch (914.4 mm) wide box6.00-inch (152.4 mm).
accommodate any and all 44.00-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box8.00-inch (203.2 mm).
enclosure height for
2 layout arrangements. X
unit totals that do not exactly 26X panel = 57 inches
match those in table on right (1447.8 mm).
2 must be rounded off to the 3. Width = 24 inches
Notes
1 Box depth is 10.40 inches (264.2 mm), cover adds 0.90 inches (22.9 mm) to depth.
next highest standard (26X,
2
(609.6 mm)directly 800A maximum bus size in 24.00-inch (609.6 mm) wide box. Flush trims
38X, 50X). from layout guide. not available on PRL4B panels.
2 If a calculated X total for a

panel exceeds 50X, the panel
4. Enclosure depth =
11.31 inches (287.0 mm)
must be split into two or
2 more separate sections with
standard for all PRL4
panelboards.
X space for through-feed
2 lugs figured in for all but one PRL4B Layout Example
section. If a neutral is
2 required, a separate neutral
bar and appropriate X
20A/1P 20A/1P 1X
20A/1P 20A/1P 1X
space must be included in
2 each section. 20A/1P 20A/1P 1X
20A/1P 20A/1P 1X
2 20A/1P 20A/1P 1X
20A/1P 20A/1P 1X
2 250A/3P 3X
2 250A/3P
400A/3P
3X
4X
2 Main
Lugs
800A
10X
2 Neutral
Total = 26X
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
Layout for Branch and Horizontally Mounted Main Devices LayoutPRL4B
2
Breaker to Fusible Transition, All Widths
2
Filler 1X
Sub Panel
18
2
12X Poles
100A
42 Max.
400 Amp. Maximum Bus Rating

20X Poles
2
1P 1P 1X
2
2P 2P 2X
EHD,
FDB, FD, FDE 2
24-Inch (609.6 mm) Wide Box
HFD, HFDE, FDC, HFDDC 9

3P 3P 3X
2
2P 2P 2X 2
EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC
2
3P 3P 3X
2
250A
JD, HJD, JDC, HJDDC 9
2
2 or 3P 3X
Max.
400A DK, KD, HKD, KDC, HKDDC 9
2 or 3P 4X
Max. CKD, CHKD, LHH 2
2
Load
600A LGE, LGH, LGC, LGU

3P 4X
Max.
2
LD, HLD, CLD, CHLD, LDC, HLDDC 9
Load
600A
2 or 3P 6X
Max.
2
2 or 3P 2 or 3P 3X 100A
Max.
FCL, FB-P 2
2 or 3P 2 or 3P 3X
250A
Max.
JD, HJD, JDC 2
400A
Max. LCL, LA-P 2
2 or 3P 6X
MDL, HMDL, HMDLDC 9
CMDL, CHMDL
2
2
2 or 3P 6X ND, HND, NDC
2
2 or 3P 2 or 3P 4X 400A
Max.
DK, KD, HKD,
KDC
2
800A
Max. NB-P, NBDC 9
2
6X
2
2 or 3P
1200A
CND, CHND, CNDC
Max.
Notes 2
1 BAB and QBHW breakers with shunt trips require one additional pole space, i.e., single-pole is two-pole size, two-pole is three-pole size, and three-pole is four-pole size.
2 If panel contains only BAB or QBHW branch breakers, use a PRL1a panelboard.
3 GHB, HGHB or GHQ breakers cannot be mixed on same subchassis as BAB, QBHW.
2
4 If panel contains only GHB, HGHB or GHQ branch breakers, use a PRL2a panelboard.
5 When only one single-pole breaker of the group is required on either side of chassis, the single-pole breaker space required changes from 1X to 2X.
2
2
6 Minimum 36-inch (914.4 mm) wide box is required if optional #6300 kcmil lug is required.
7 MDL main breaker in 24-inch (609.6 mm) wide box, refer to Page V15-T2-53.
8 Optional 750 kcmil terminal requires 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box.
2
See Page V15-T2-53 for MLO or Neutral and Vertically Mounted Mains space requirements.
2
Box Sizing and SelectionPRL4F

2 Main Lug (MLO), Main Switch, Neutral, Through-Feed (TFL) * = Space available for branch devices. For device sizing,
and Sub-Feed Lug (SFL) X Space Requirements. (For other see Page V15-T2-58.
2 configurations not shown, refer to Eaton.)
= Blank means no bus under cover, to meet NEC cable
bending space.
2
2 PRL4F Layout
Standard Main Lug, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a Main Switch with Neutral (when required)
2 (500 kcmil Maximum) (500 kcmil Maximum)
MLO, SFL MLO, TFL
2 N N N Main Switch
10X 10X 7X 22X
2
250A a, 400A a, 200A, 400A, Main Switch
2 600A a, 800A * 600A

* *
*
*
2 7X Through-
Feed Lugs
7X N
2 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W,

3Ph 3W
2 400A and 600A Vertically Mounted Main Switch
MLO MLO, TFL
2 N N
12X 12X 800A 25X
2 1200A 26X
1200A 800A, 800A and 1200A Vertically Mounted

2 * *
1200A
*
Main Switch b
36-inch (914.4 mm) or
44-inch (1117.6 mm)
2 2X Blank 7X Through-Feed
Lugs
7X N Wide Box
2
3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W
2 Optional Main Lugs, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a (750 kcmil Maximum)
2
MLO, SFL MLO, TFL
N N
2
20X 20X 13X 13X
250A a, 400A a,
2
250A, 400A,
600A a, 800A 600A, 800A
* * * *
2 3X
Blank 9X Through-
Feed Lugs
3X Blank 9X Through-
Feed Lugs
2 3Ph 4W 3Ph 3W
2 MLO MLO, TFL
2 20X
N
20X
N
15X 15X
2 1200A 1200A
* *
2 * *
Blank 11X Through- Blank 11X Through-
5X 5X
2 Feed Lugs Feed Lugs
3Ph 4W 3Ph 3W
2 Notes
2
1 Sub-feed lugs are available 250600A. For 600A, use 1200A A space.
2 800A and 1200A mains available only in vertical mounting.
2.5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Box DimensionsPRL4F
X Catalog
2
Panel Layout and Dimensions Layout Example Units Number Height Width Depth 1
To determine the dimensions PRL4F, three-phase
38X BX3673 73.50 (1866.9) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0)
2
of a given panelboard four-wire, 208Y/120 volt
enclosure, make a layout
sketch by fitting together the
complete with 400A main
switch and the following
50X BX3690 90.00 (2286.0) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0)
2
38X BX4473 73.50 (1866.9) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0)
main, branch and lug modules
according to the appropriate
branches:
One 200A/three-pole
50X BX4490 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0) 2
tables in the layout guide.
Assign X units to each
Two 100A/three-pole Top and Bottom Gutters 2
module as shown and obtain
Two 30A/three-pole 10.63 inches (269.9 mm) minimum.
a total X number. Panel to have short-circuit
Side GuttersMinimum
2
rating of 100 kA symmetrical.
The height of the enclosure is
related to the total X units Reference PRL4F Layout
36-inch (914.4 mm) wide box:
8-inch (203.2 mm)200A maximum
2
in the layout as shown in Example
table on right. Three standard 1. From layout guide,
6-inch (152.4 mm)4001200A maximum 2
box heights are available to total X height of
44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box:
accommodate any and all
layout arrangements. X
panel = 43X. 10-inch (254.0 mm)200A maximum 2
8-inch (203.2 mm)4001200A
unit totals that do not exactly
match those in table on
2. Rounded off to next
higher standard = 50X. Notes 2
1 Box depth is 10.40-inch (264.2 mm), cover adds 0.90-inch (22.8 mm) to depth.
right must be rounded off
to the next higher standard
3. From table on right,
enclosure height for 50X
Flush trims not available on PRL4F panels. 2
(38X, 50X).
If a calculated X total for a
panel = 90 inches
(2286.0 mm). 2
2
panel exceeds 50X, the panel
4. Width = 36 inches
must be split into two or
(914.4 mm).
more separate sections with
X space for through-feed 5. Enclosure depth is 2
lugs figured in for all but standard for all PRL4
one section. If a neutral is
required, a separate neutral
panelboards = 11.31 2
inches (287.0 mm).
bar and appropriate X
space must be included in Type PRL4F 2
each section. Layout Example
2
400A Neutral 7X
30A/3P 30A/3P 4X 2
100A/3P 100A/3P 4X
200A/3P 6X 2
400A three-pole 22X
Main Switch 2
(Vertical Mounted)
Total = 43X 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Layout for Branch and Horizontally Mounted Main DevicePRL4F

2
Fusible to Breaker Transition
2
1X
Requires 1X Filler
2 30A 30A 4X
2 60A 60A 4X
2
100A 100A
2
4X
250V Max. 250V Max.
36-inch (914.4 mm) Wide Box
2 100A 5X
2
2 200A 6X
Main or Branch Switch
2
2 100A 100A 5X
2
400A (11X With
2
9X
Branch Switch Shunt Trip)
2 600A 11X
Branch Switch
2
200A 200A
2
6X
44-inch (1117.6 mm) Wide Box
2 400A 9X
(11X With
Main or Branch Shunt Trip)
2
600A
2
11X
Main or Branch
2 800A 11X
(16X With
Branch Shunt Trip)
2
1200A (16X With
2
15X
Branch Shunt Trip)
2 Fusible switch may be used as horizontally main.
2 400 and 600A horizontally mounted feeder switches in 36-inch (914.4 mm) or 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box. 400 and 600A horizontally mounted
main switches only in 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box. For vertically mounted main, see Page V15-T2-56 for sizing.
2 Note: See Page V15-T2-56 for MLO or Neutral and Vertically Mounted Main space requirements.
2
2
2
2
2
Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a and 4 Modifications
2.5
Contents
Panelboards and Lighting Controls
Description
2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-25 2
Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37 2
Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45 2
2
Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-49
Modifications Selection Guide
Regional Manufacturing Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-68 2
2
2
2
Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 4 2
Modifications Selection Guide 2
ModificationsAlphabetical Index 2
Available on Panelboard Types
Modification Item PRL1a PRL2a PRL3a PRL4B PRL4F 2
2
Ambient compensating breakers 1 No No Yes Yes
Bus density 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cabinetsspecial: Types 2, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
Complete assembly 4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Compression type lugs, mains only 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
Concealed trim clamps (LT trim) 6 Yes Yes Yes No No
Conduit covers 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
Copper lugs
Copper main bus
8
9, 9a, 9b
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2
Directory framemetal 10 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
Doors, special 11 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Fungus-proof 12 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
Ground bar 13 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Electronic trip units 14 No No No Yes 2
Ground fault protection (zero sequence)
Handle lockoff device
15
16
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Std.
2
Hinges, special (LT trim) 17 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
Increased dimensions 18 Yes Yes Yes No No
Increased panel bus rating 19 Yes Yes Yes No No 2
2
Interiors to fit existing boxes 20 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Locks, special (LT trim) 21 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Molded case switches 22 Yes Yes Yes Yes No
2
Nameplates engraved 23 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
2
2
ModificationsAlphabetical Index, continued

2 Available on Panelboard Types
2 Modification
Neutral rated 200%
Item
24
PRL1a
Yes
PRL2a
Yes
PRL3a
Yes
PRL4B
Yes
PRL4F
Yes
2 Painting and special coating 25 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Permanent circuit numbers 26 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Remote control switches (ASCO 920) 27 No No Yes No No
2
Service entrance 28 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Shunt trips 29 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Split bus or meter loop 30 No No Yes No No

Metering devices 31 No No No Yes Yes
2 Sub-metering, IQ Energy Sentinel 32 No No No Yes No
Sub-feed breakers 33 Yes Yes Yes No No
2 Sub-feed lugs 34 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Tamperproof screws (LT trim)

Through-feed lugs
35
36
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2 Time clock space only 37 Yes Yes Yes

Touchup paint 38 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Surge protective device (SPD) 39 Yes Yes Yes Ye Yes
Terminals, copper only for breakers 40 Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
1. Ambient Compensating Breakers 4. Complete Assembly
For ambient compensating breakers (where available) in lieu of Complete assembly of panelboard box, interior and trim prior to 2
standard breakers, add 10 percent to panelboard branch breaker shipment when required.
and to main breaker list prices, if required. (Not UL listed.) 2
5. Compression Main LugsAl/Cu Burndy Range Taking
2. Bus Density For other terminal types and box sizes, refer to Eaton. 2
Main bus ampere rating is determined by UL listed temperature
test. For 750A per square inch aluminum or 1000A per square inch
copper, make price addition as follows:
Modification 5Compression Lug Data 2
Main Wire Range by Panel Type
Modification 2
Amperes PRL1a and PRL2a PRL3a PRL4 2
100 (1) #11/0 or
Panel Type Maximum Amperes
(1) 2/0300 kcmil 2
Aluminum750A per Square Inch 125 (1) #42/0 or
PRL1a, 2a 100 (1) 2/0300 kcmil 2
225 225 (1) 2/0300 kcmil or
400 (1) 4/0500 kcmil
2
PRL3a 250 250 (1) 2/0350 kcmil or (2) 500750 kcmil
400
400 (2) 4/0300 kcmil or
(1) 4/0500 kcmil
(2) 4/0300 kcmil or (2) 500750 kcmil
2
PRL4 400
800
600
(2) 500750 kcmil

(2) 500750 kcmil
(2) 2/0500 kcmil or (2) 500750 kcmil
2
Copper1000A per Square Inch
2
(2) 500750 kcmil
PRL1a, 2a 100 800 (3) 500750 kcmil
2
225 1200 (4) #2600 kcmil or
400 (4) 500750 kcmil
PRL3a 250
600 Modification 5Box Height Additions
2
PRL4 400
1200 Main Amperes PRL1a, PRL2a
PRL3a without
Neutral
PRL3a with
Neutral 2
3. Special Cabinet (Box) Construction

100 0 0X 0X
2
225 0
Modification 3 250 2X 5X 2
400 0 0X 0X
Modification
Type 1 Enclosure
600 0X 0X 2
2
Maximum size for PRL1a and PRL2a panels:
28-inch (711.2 mm) wide in place of standard 20-inch
1750 kcmil per phase, or 2500 kcmil per phase.
(508.0 mm) wide PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a
For PRL4 panels, see layout pages.
Type 2 Enclosure
2
(Drip-proof with gasketed trim) PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a 20-inch (508.0 mm) wide 6. Concealed Trim ClampsLT Trim
Type 3R Enclosure
Modification 6
2
PRL1a, PRL2a 20-inch (508.0 mm) wide
PRL1a, PRL2a 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide Description 2
PRL3a 1 20-inch (508 mm) wide Add per panel PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a
(600A maximum) 2
PRL3a 1 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide 7. Conduit Covers
(600A maximum)
PRL4 24-inch (609.6 mm) or 36-inch (914.4) wide only
Fabricated sheet metal to cover open conduits above and/or 2
below standard Type 1 box.
Type 12 Enclosure
Modification 7
2
PRL1a, PRL2a 20-inch (508.0 mm) wide
PRL1a, PRL2a 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide Cover Type 2
PRL3a 1 20-inch (508 mm) wide Conduit Enclosing Shield (open back)
(600A maximum)
PRL3a 1 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL4Refer to Eaton
2
Conduit Enclosure (solid back)
(600A maximum)
PRL4 24-inch (609.6 mm) or 36-inch (914.4) wide only
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL4Refer to Eaton
2
Note
Must also add bus density price from Modification 2 for PRL4
Type 4 Enclosure or Type 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure
1 At 600A, PRL3a requires the addition of density rated copper bus for Type 3R or 12 enclosure.
2
Refer to Eaton
2
2
8. Copper Lugs 10. Directory FrameMetal

2 Optional copper mechanical main lugs only. (Includes main
incoming neutral lug.) Modification 10
2 Frame Type
Modification 8
2
Metal frame, plastic cover
Main Wire Range and Number
Amperes of Lugs Per Phase
2 100 (1) #141/0
11. Trim and Door ModificationsSpecial Fronts and Doors
225 (1) #6250 kcmil Modification 11
2 250 (1) #6250 kcmil Description
400 (2) #1/0600 kcmil
2 600 (2) #1/0600 kcmil
Door-in-door, one door over interior and one which exposes gutter. (LT Trim)
(PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a only)
800 (2) #1/0600 kcmil
2
Common trim for two section panels with boxes bolted together. (LT Trim)
1200 (3) #1/0600 kcmil (PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a only)
Standard flush lock with quarter turn fasteners at top and bottom of trim door (LT Trim)
2 Modification 8Box Height Additions (standard on doors 48-inch (1219.2 mm) high and over). (PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a only)
To provide a trim with a lockable door for PRL4 panels (door-in-door is standard with this adder).
2
Main PRL1a, PRL3a PRL3a
Amperes PRL2a without Neutral with Neutral PRL4 Includes National lock with standard keying. 1
Add per panel
100 0 0X 0X
2 225 0
12. Fungus Proofing
250 0X 0X 0X
2 400 0 0X 0X 0X
For fungus proofing external portions of circuit breakers and all
non-metallic parts, add 10 percent of total panelboard list price.
600 1X 1X 0X
2 800 0X
For fungus proofing fusible switches and all non-metallic parts,
add 20 percent of total panelboard list price.
2
1200 0X
13. Ground Bar
2
9. Copper Main Bus Modification 13
Description Bar Type
Modification 9
2 Available in PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a and PRL4 Panel Type
2
PRL1a Aluminum terminal bar for aluminum or Standard,
9a. Silver-Plated Copper Main Bus PRL2a copper cable insulated/isolated 2
PRL3a
Copper terminal bar for copper cable only Standard,
2 Modification 9a
PRL4
insulated/isolated 2
Available in PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a and PRL4 Column Type
2 In Pull Box Aluminum terminal bar for aluminum or Standard,
9b. Tin-Plated Copper Main Bus (PRL1a, 2a, 3a, Only) In Gutter copper cable insulated/isolated 2
2 Copper terminal bar for copper cable only Standard,
Modification 9b insulated/isolated 2
2 Panel Type
Notes
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a 1 Extra depth box is required. Box will be 12.82-inch (325.6 mm) deep.
2 2 For PRL1a, 2a, 3a and Column Type panelboards. The insulated/isolated ground bar includes
a standard ground bar.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
14. Electronic Trip Units 18. Increased Dimensions (PRL1a, PRL2a and PRL3a Only)
Type 1 Enclosure Only 2
Modification 14Applies to Digitrip 310 and 310+ Trip Units
Description
Modification 18 2
Description
K-, L- and M-Frame Circuit Breaker (three-pole only)
Digitrip RMS310 LS
Increased End Gutters 2
4 inch (101.6 mm) Top or Bottom
Digitrip RMS310 LSI
Digitrip RMS310 LSG 1
7 inch (177.8 mm) Top or Bottom 2
Digitrip RMS310 LSIG 1
12 inch (304.8 mm) Top or Bottom
Increased Side Gutters
2
N-Frame circuit breaker
Digitrip RMS310 LS
4 inch (101.6 mm) Left or Right 2
7 inch (177.8 mm) Left or Right
2
Digitrip RMS310 LSI
12 inch (304.8 mm) Left or Right
Digitrip RMS310 LSG 1
Digitrip RMS310 LSIG 1
19. Increased Panel Main Bus Rating (Three-Phase Four-Wire, 2
Digiview Ammeter for 310+ Trip Unit Single-Phase Three-Wire)
Modification 19
2
15. Zero Sequence Ground Fault Protection
For main devices only (circuit breakers or FDPW switch) in PRL4 Main Bus
Ampere Rating Panel Type
2
assembled panels. Available in 2501200A panels.
Price includes current monitors, ground bar, static sensor, shunt
100225/250
225400
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a
2
trip, necessary space, mounting and connecting in panelboards.
Price does not include circuit breaker or FDPW switch.
600 (PRL3a)
250400 PRL4
2
Zero sequence ground fault is available with the following family
of main devices:
400600
2
600800
Modification 15 8001200 2
Main Device
JD, KD, LD, MDL, ND, LCL, LA-P, NB-P
20. Interior and Fronts to Fit Existing Boxes 2
FDPW switches Refer to Eaton.
(4001200A) 2
21. Special Locks
16. Circuit Breaker Handle Lockoff Devices
Modification 21
2
Modification 16 Description
2
Breaker Types LT Type Trim
Non-Padlockable Yale 511S with rosette 2

Yale 4651S (LL803 Key)
2
BAB, QBHW, GHB, EHD, FDB, FD, ED, EDH, EDC, HQP, QPHW
JD, KD, MDL, ND Master keyingabove locks or standard lockper panelboard
Padlockable Corbin 15767 (Cat. #60 Key)

PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a 2
EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC, GHB, BAB, QBHW, HQP, QPHW, EGB, EGS, EGH
2
Tee handle and 3-point catch
JD, KD, LD, MDL, ND, FDE, HFDE PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a
COMPX metal lock with standard keying
17. Special HingesLT Trim PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a 2
Piano hinges in lieu of standard hinges. COMPX metal lock with GE75 keyway
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL4 2
EZ Type Trim
Standard Lock, Keyed GE75 2
2
Standard Lock, Keyed to Corbin TEU-1
Standard Lock, Keyed to Corbin Cat 60
Standard Lock, Keyed to Corbin WEM1
2
Notes
1 Main breaker only. 2
PRL4 with door includes National lock with standard keying. See Modification 11.
2
2
22. Molded Case Switches (Three-Pole, Two-Pole) 25. Painting and Special Coatings
2 Standard boxes are code-gauge galvanized sheet steel. Standard
Modification 22 trims are code-gauge sheet steel with a rust inhibiting
2 Not UL Listed phosphatized coating and finished with ANSI-61.
Breaker Frame Maximum Volts Maximum Amperes
2 EHD 480 100
Modification 25
Description
2 FD 600 225
Painted boxes (ANSI-61)
JD 600 250
2
Painted trims or boxes (other than ANSI-61)
DK 240 400
KD 600 400
2
26. Permanent Circuit Numbers
LD 600 600
Modification 26
2 MDL
ND
600
600
800
1200
Description
2
To provide permanently attached MicartaT circuit numbers.
23. Nameplates, Engraved

2 Modification 23
27. Remote Control SwitchesASCO 920 (Three-Pole, Two-Pole)
Electrically operated, mechanically held remote control switch
directly mounted to panelboard bus for total or split bus
2 Type
switching applications.
Mastic back and installed by purchaser, per nameplate
2 Fixed to panel trim with two screws or rivets, per nameplate

PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a only
(For split bus applications, make price addition from
Modification 30.)
2 24. Neutral Rated 200%
480 Vac maximum short-circuit rating of panelboard is
22 kAIC maximum.
2 Modification 24 Includes complete installation in the panelboard with a screw
cover over the switch compartment.
2 Main Bus Rating Neutral Rating
Pushbuttons or other control devices are not included.
100 225
2 225 450
For control circuit modifications, refer to Eaton.
250 500 Modification 27Remote Control Switches
2 400 800 (PRL3a Only)
Switch Rating Amperes
2
600 1200
30, 60, 75, 100, 150, 200, 225
2 Modification 24Box Height Additions

Main Bus Rating Neutral Rating PRL1a, PRL2a PRL3a PRL4 Modification 27Remote Control Switch Modifications
2 100 225 0 0X Description
225 450 0 Two-wire control relay
2 250 500 3X 0X Three-wire control relay

Control power transformer
2
400 800 0 3X 0X
600 1200 3X 0X To provide hinged cover in place of standard screw cover
2 Note: Dimensions based on mechanical lugs. For

28. Service Entrance
compression or copper lugs, refer to Eaton.
To provide a Service Entrance Label as detailed under the
2 For 800 and 1200A PRL4 with 200% neutral, refer to Eaton. Service Entrance Equipment in application considerations.
Only panelboards meeting these requirements can be labeled as
2 such. The requirement for a Service Entrance Label must be
noted on order entry. Includes neutral disconnect link and
2 Service Entrance Equipment Label. (Ground bar not included
see Modification 13.)
2 Modification 28
2 Panel Type
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL4
2
2
2
2.5
29. Shunt Trip for Main or Branch Circuit Breaker and FDPW Switches 32. Sub-Metering IQ Multi-Point Submeter II (PRL4 Only)
For tripping device from a remote point. Voltage and frequency Microprocessor-based breaker-mounted device to monitor 2
must be specified. Wiring to terminal blocks is not included. power and energy (kW, kWH, kW demand). Device mounts on
Standard leads extend 18-inches (457.2 mm) out of device. the load side of three-pole F-, J- and K-Frame feeder breakers. 2
Units are shipped with the interior for field installation. Minimum
Factory-installed 120, 240 or 480 Vac shunt trips are available
with UL listing as shown in table below. Underwriters
box width of 36 inches (914.4 mm) is required. 2
Laboratories listing is not available for shunt trip mounted on Modification 32
molded case switches. IQ Energy Sentinel
2
Modification 29 F-Frame three-pole (150A maximum)
2
Device J-Frame three-pole
BAB, QBHW K-Frame three-pole 2

Requires one additional pole space, i.e., single-pole is two-pole size, two-pole is three-pole size
and three-pole is four-pole size. 33. Sub-Feed Breakers 2
GHB (three-pole only) Modification 33Panel Types PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a
All other circuit breakers One Breaker Per Panel 2
Interrupting Rating Box Height
FDPW switch (4001200A)
Maximum
Amperes
Number
of Poles
Breaker
Type
(kA Symmetrical)
240V 480V
Addition
PRL3a
2
30. Split Bus or Meter Loop (250A Max.,
3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W, 1Ph 3W, 1Ph 2W)
100
150
2
2
EHD
FDB
18
18
14
14
NA
NA
2
Panel type PRL3a only. For enclosure size, refer to Eaton.
225
225
2
2
FD
HFD
65
100
35
65
NA
NA
2
Modification 30
Main Bus Amperes 225 2 FDC 200 100 NA
2
225 2 EDB 22 NA
100250
225 2 EDS 42 NA 2
225 2 ED 65 NA
31. Metering Devices (PRL4 Only)
IQ digital metering for incoming service. Devices are installed in
225 2 EDH 100 NA 2
225 2 JD 65 35 14X
chassis mounted compartment with hinged door. Standard CTs
(1200A maximum) are included with devices. Requires copper 225 2 HJD 100 65 14X 2
bus at 1200A. 225 2 JDC 200 100 14X
250 2 JD 65 35 14X 2
Modification 31 250 2 HJD 100 65 14X
Device Box Height Addition 250 2 JDC 200 100 14X 2
IQ 130 with CTs and display 13X 400 2 DK 65 15X
IQ 130 with CTs, no display 13X 400 2 KD 65 35 15X 2
400 2 HKD 100 65 15X
IQ 140 with CTs and display 13X
400 2 KDC 200 100 15X 2
IQ 140 with CTs, no display 13X
100 3 EHD 18 14 NA
IQ 150 with CTs and display 13X 150 3 FDB 18 14 NA 2
2
225 3 FD 65 35 NA
IQ 210 with CTs 13X 225 3 HFD 100 65 NA
2
IQ 220 with CTs 13X 225 3 FDC 200 100 NA
225 3 EDB 22 NA
IQ 230 with CTs 13X
IQ 230M with CTs 13X
225
225
3
3
EDS
ED
42
65

NA
NA
2
IQ 250 with CTs and display 13X
225
225
3
3
EDH
JD
100
65

35
NA
14X
2
IQ 260 with CTs and display 13X 225
225
3
3
HJD
JDC
100
200
65
100
14X
14X
2
PXM 2250 with CTs and display 13X
250 3 JD 65 35 14X
2
250 3 HJD 100 65 14X
PXM 2250 with CTs, no display 13X
PXM 2260 with CTs and display 13X
250 3 JDC 200 100 14X 2
400 3 DK 65 15X
PXM 2260 with CTs, no display 13X 400 3 KD 65 35 15X 2
PXM 2270 with CTs and display 13X 400 3 HKD 100 65 15X
PXM 2270 with CTs, no display 13X 400 3 KDC 200 100 15X 2
Note: 225A maximum on Column Type panels. Sub-feed breaker not
available on PRL3a panel with subchassis. 2
Modification 33Panel Type PRL3a Only. Two Breakers Per 36. Through-Feed Lugs (3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W, 1Ph 3W, 1Ph 2W)
2 PanelTwin Mounted Note: 225 amperes maximum on Column Type panels. Not available on
service entrance panels with main lugs only (six disconnect rule).
2
Interrupting Rating Box Height
Maximum Number Breaker (kA Symmetrical) Addition
Amperes of Poles Type 240 Volts 480 Volts PRL3a Mechanical Al/Cu lugs. Compression or copper lugs requires
2 225 2 JD 65 35 20X
additional price adder from Modification 5Compression Lug
Data or Modification 8 as appropriate.
2 225
225
2
2
HJD
JDC
100
200
65
100
20X
20X
Not available on panels with sub-feed breaker.
2 250 2 JD 65 35 20X Modification 36

250 2 HJD 100 65 20X Main Amperes Box Height Addition
2 250 2 JDC 200 100 20X Panel Types PRL1a, PRL2a
225 3 JD 65 35 20X 2
100
2 225 3 HJD 100 65 20X 225 2
2 225 3 JDC 200 100 20X 2

400
250 3 JD 65 35 20X Panel Type PRL3a
2 250 3 HJD 100 65 20X 100 2X

250 3 JDC 200 100 20X 250 5X
2 400 8X
34. Sub-Feed Lugs (3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W, 1Ph 3W, 1Ph 2W)
2
600 8X
Note: Not available on service entrance panels with main lugs only (six
800 14X
disconnect rule).
2 Mechanical Al/Cu lugs. Compression or copper lugs requires
Panel Type PRL4 2
250 7X
2 additional price adder from Modification 5Compression Lug
Data or Modification 8 as appropriate. 400 7X
600 7X
2 Available on main lug panels only.
800 7X
2 Modification 34
Box Height
1200 5X
2
Main Amperes Addition 37. Time Clock Space Only
Panel Types PRL1a, PRL2a Includes box, trim, door and mounting pan.
2 100225 0X
Modification 37
Panel Type PRL3a
2 100250 1X
Enclosure Type
Type 1
Panel Type PRL4 1
2 250400 0X
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a (24-inch (609.6 mm) space)
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a (36-inch (914.4mm) space)
2 600 4X
Type 3R
35. Tamperproof ScrewsLT Trim
2
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a (24-inch (609.6 mm) space)
Modification 35
2 Description
38. Touchup Paint
Modification 38
2
Tamperproof screws for trims, in lieu of standard screws.
Description
2
12 oz. spray can. ANSI-61 light gray indoor
Case Lot of 1212 oz. spray cans. ANSI-61 light gray indoor single style
2 Notes
1 Refer to PRL4 layout.
2 2 Refer to panelboard sizing charts.
2
2
2
2
2.5
39. Surge Protective Device (SPD) 40. Copper Wire Only Terminals for Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Type PRL1a, PRL2a and PRL 3a and Panelboards (To replace standard Al/Cu terminals.) 2
Package includes SPD unit connected to the panelboard bus.
Modification 40 2
Available for all enclosure types. Breaker Maximum Breaker Terminal Wire
Sizing: Frame Ampere Rating Material Range 2
PRL1a, PRL2a: Add 7 inches (177.8 mm) to the standard box F 225 Copper #44/0
height. J 250 Stainless Steel #4350 2
PRL3a: Add 4X for 100200 kA SPD units. K 225 Copper (1) #3350
350 Copper (1) 250500 2
Type PRL4 and Elevator Control Panelboards 400 Copper (2) 3/0250
Package includes SPD unit and integral circuit breaker L 600 Copper (2) 250500 2
disconnect (30A) connected to the panel bus.
2
M 600 Copper (2) #2/0500
Available for all enclosure types. 800 Copper (3) #3/0300
The SPD unit and integral circuit breaker disconnect will require
7X of chassis space. (Only available in 36-inches (914.4 mm) or
N 700
1000
Copper
Copper
(2) #2/0500
(3) #3/0500
2
44-inches (1117.6 mm) wide enclosure.) 1200 Copper (4) #3/0400
2
Modification 39 Note
Description kA/Phase
1 Requires 15A branch breaker for cable connectionthree-pole (three-phase) or
2
two-pole (single-phase). (Add breaker separately, not included in price.)
Surge Current Rating 50 80 100 120 160 200 250 300 400
SPD Package Options
2
Basic
LEDs monitor L-N, L-G, L-L and N-G 2
PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a
PRL4, Elevator Control Panelboard

2
Standard Feature Package
LEDs monitor L-N, L-G, L-L and N-G
2
EMI/RFI filtering
Audible alarm with disable switch 2
Form C relay contact
Standard Package 2
LEDs monitor L-N, L-G, L-L and N-G
EMI/RFI filtering
Audible alarm with disable switch
2
Form C relay contact
Six digit LCD display
Counts surges in all modes
2
2
Non-volatile memory (no battery backup)
Reset button designed to prevent
accidental resets
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Regional Manufacturing Facilities
Manufacturing Plant Locations

2
2

2
SEATTLE
2

HARTFORD
2

CHICAGO CLEVELAND

DENVER NEW JERSEY

SAN FRANCISCO
2

ST. LOUIS BALTIMORE
2 RALEIGH

2 LOS ANGELES SUMTER

ATLANTA
2 PHOENIX
DALLAS
2
HOUSTON
ORLANDO
2
2 Main Plant
2 Sumter
845 Corporate Circle
Denver
2450 Airport Road
Phoenix
921 South Park Lane
2 P.O. Box 2258
Sumter, SC 29150
Suite C
Aurora, CO 80011
Tempe, AZ 85281
Fax (480) 449-4223
(803) 481-3131 Fax (303) 366-9993 Phone (480) 449-4222
2 Phone (303) 366-2080
Satellite Plants Raleigh
2 Atlanta Hartford
40A International Drive
2933 S. Miami Boulevard
Suite 111
7000 Highlands Parkway SE
Windsor, CT 06095 Durham, NC 27703
2 Suite 102
Smyrna, GA 30082 Fax (860) 298-1305 Fax (919) 572-9751
Phone (860) 298-1306 Phone (919) 544-7074
2 Fax (770) 433-1863
Phone (678) 309-4260 Houston St. Louis
2 Baltimore
7451 Coca Cola Drive
10810 West Little York
Suite 100
56 Soccer Park Road
Fenton, MO 63026
Houston, TX 77041 Fax (636) 717-3590
2 Suite C
Hanover, MD 21076 Fax (713) 688-3764 Phone (636) 717-3500
Fax (410) 796-7755 Phone (713) 688-8430
2 Phone (410) 796-7777 Los Angeles
San Francisco
20923 Cabot Boulevard
Electrical SectorSatellite Hayward, CA 94545
2 Chicago
220 Windy Point Drive 11120 Philadelphia Street Fax (510) 784-8980
Glendale Heights, IL 60139 Mira Loma, CA 91752 Phone (510) 784-8981
2 Fax (630) 260-6303 Fax (951) 685-3775
Seattle
Phone (630) 860-3569 Phone (951) 685-5788
1604 15th Street SW
2 Cleveland New Jersey Suite 114
96 Stemmers Lane Auburn, WA 98001
2
12875 Corporate Drive
Suite E Westampton, NJ 08060 Fax (253) 833-5058
Parma, OH 44130 Fax (609) 835-4777 Phone (253) 833-5021
2 Fax (216) 433-0545 Phone (609) 835-4230
Phone (216) 433-0616 Orlando
2 Dallas 9436 Southridge Park Court
631 Westport Parkway Suite 100
2 Suite 100 Orlando, FL 32819
Grapevine, TX 76051 Fax (407) 841-9135
2 Fax (817) 251-6249 Phone (407) 264-9301
Phone (817) 251-6797
2
Regional Manufacturing Facilities
2.5
Satellites Speedy Delivery Additional Information
A unique concept of Highly trained and Panelboards: from one to For information on reverse
2
facilities close to customer experienced personnel will five days. feed breaker applications,
locations, assuring fast manage your order and Switchboards: between please see Consulting 2
delivery of standard- and ensure that you receive on- five and 10 days. Application Guide
custom-assembled time delivery of high quality Assembled Enclosed Circuit Molded-Case Circuit 2
equipment when equipment that meets your Breakers & Enclosures,
Breakers: from one to
its needed. specifications.
10 days. CA08104001E, Tab 27. 2
Located at strategic locations Special Configurations
throughout the United States, The unique capabilities of
Save Time and Money
2
these facilities manufacture No matter your location, you
these plants and people can
and deliver standard or
custom-assembled
provide solutions for special
will save time and money
when ordering from a
2
products to meet special
satellite. For more
panelboards, switchboards
and enclosed circuit
needs.
information, contact your 2
breakerswhen and where Typical examples include Eaton representative or
you need them. And, when special dimensions, retrofit authorized distributor. 2
you have an emergency, they equipment and panelboard
can have your equipment interiors to fit existing boxes. 2
ready in hours.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.6 Solar Services
Product Group Overview
Contents
2 Description Page
2 Product Group Overview
Solar Renewable Analysis and Consultation . . V15-T2-71
2 Solar Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-72
Turnkey Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-75
2 Solar Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-77
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Product Group Overview
2 Eaton has created several
key support groups, for the
Features
Feasibility studies
direct purpose of providing
2 the highest quality service
AC interconnection
analysis
available today in the
2 renewable energy market DC and photovoltaic
system engineering
segment. These valued-
2 added support capabilities
allow us to provide a level
Turnkey construction
Utility interconnection
2 of service above all other
manufacturers and regional
substations
Equipment manufacturer
independent organizations.
2 Below is a description of the
Equipment and system
commissioning
groups involved in completing
2 any successful solar Monitoring services
photovoltaic turnkey project Long term maintenance
2 from design through
construction. Equipment
2 startup and system
commissioning and even
long-term maintenance
2 requirements are part of
Eatons strengths.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Solar Services
Solar Renewable Analysis and Consultation
2.6
Contents
Description Page
2
Product Group Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-70 2
Solar Renewable Analysis and Consultation
Solar Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-72 2
Turnkey Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-75
Solar Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-77 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Solar Renewable Analysis and Consultation 2
Product Overview Product Description 2
Eatons team can provide a Our analysis starts with the Eatons Electrical Services & Roof and Wind Analysis
cost-effective review with following premises that have Systems Group has extensive 2
recommendations that been communicated to us by experience in electrical power
maximizes solar renewable
energy production. Eatons
developers: distribution systems design,
installation, start-up,
2
Need to maximize solar
approach investigates all or
some of the following: energy production with
commissioning,
maintenance, trouble- 2
expected 20-year solar shooting, life-extension and
Analysis of solar
production potential by
variations ongoing monitoring of 2
Estimated construction operating parameters as well
applying various methods
of fixed, tilt and tracking
costs identified and
technical opinion of project
as failure indicators. We have
added expertise and direct
Electrical Design
2
systems
Analysis of electrical
completion from a
technical and construction
experience in the area of
solar renewable energy
2
interconnect feasibility and standpoint projects, therefore providing
power usage Preliminary review of any developers and investors a 2
Analysis of term-term potential civil or structural non-biased technical review
maintenance and issues involving potential of potential solar sites. 2
monitoring options and solar sites
associated costs Best practice Terms and Conditions
Construction Details
2
Development of Life-Cycle- recommendations for long- Eaton can provide the above
Cost-Analysis (LCCA) for
potential solar sites
term monitoring to ensure
maximum uptime and
services in accordance with
Eaton Standard Terms and
2
Conditions or other mutually
Initial analysis via use of
Google-Earth photographs
energy production to
match the financial model acceptable terms at either a 2
fixed price or a time-and-
if feasible Need for experienced
2

analysis of hardware material basis. If you have

If required, specific site
supplied, life expectancy any questions or requests,
visits to further investigate
the above and potential issues with please contact your local
Eaton Engineering Services &
2
If required, site visual audit warranty fulfillment
of electrical equipment obligations Systems office today.
2
operating conditions Recommendations for
Establishing a Solar ongoing maintenance,
operations and failure
2
Production Index when
evaluating multiple sites response
2
Identify any potential
issues with equipment life 2
expectancy and warranty
fulfillment obligations
2
2.6 Solar Services
Solar Design
Contents
2 Description Page
2 Product Group Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-70
Solar Renewable Analysis and Consultation . . . . . V15-T2-71
2 Solar Design
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-74
2 Turnkey Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-75
Solar Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-77
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Solar Design
2 Product Overview
2 Interconnection Analysis
Services
Arc Flash Analysis
Calculation of arc flash
Transient Stability
AnalysisEvaluation of
Typical design services
include:
2 Power system analysis
services offer a focused and
hazards associated with
energized work at locations
dynamic behavior of the
renewable source and
Distribution System
throughout the power system voltages during DesignDesign and
systematic approach to
2 enhance performance and system in accordance with transient conditions such specification of the
electrical distribution
design, validate equipment NFPA 70E, IEEE1584, as system faults or start-up
2 selection, and simulate National Electric Safety
Code, and Z462
Switching Transient
system from the point of
interconnection to
response to abnormal AnalysisAnalysis of generation equipment
2 conditions. Typical analysis
services performed during
requirements
Load Flow Analysis
system behavior during
switching conditions to
Substation Design
Complete substation
2 design of new renewable
generation sites include:
Analysis of the systems
capacity to supply electrical
identify possible damaging
voltage transients. Results design service is available,
energy from the renewable are used to design and including ground grid
2 Short-Circuit Analysis
Calculation of the available
energy source to the utility specify mitigation analysis and design,
or customer under steady- equipment such as substation layout,
2 short-circuit currents at
equipment locations
state conditions, snubbers equipment specification,
protection, and control
determination of
throughout the power
2 Protection and Control

appropriate continuous Electrical Design Services
system. Evaluation of Design of advanced
ratings for electrical Eatons electrical design
equipment ratings ensures electrical protection and
2 equipment can withstand,
equipment, and optimal
placement and
services can extend from the
point of utility connect to the control including
and, where applicable, transmission line
characteristics of reactive equipment. Design services
2 interrupt an electrical fault.
Results are critical for
power compensation are integrated with analysis protection, system
equipment services, resulting in a automation, advanced
2 proper system design,
including specification and
Harmonic Analysis complete engineered metering and smart grid
capabilities
selection of equipment Evaluation of harmonic solution. The level of design
2 Protective Device
currents on the electrical
system introduced by the
detail can be customized
from minimal design
Coordination
2 Determination of
renewable energy source
and application of harmonic
consultation and advice to a
complete design package
necessary characteristics, with specifications and
mitigation equipment and
2 ratings, and settings for
electrical protective
design techniques drawings.
2 devices
2
2
Solar Services
Solar Design
2.6
DC Engineering Services Complete electrical circuit Equipment layout drawing(s), Electrical Design Submittals
One-line diagram of the back to customers utility showing locations for the Eaton can prepare an 2
power system is critical to connection. All customer following: equipment specification by
support the system electrical panels related to
Solar modules using an approved single line 2
evaluation and analysis. The the PV system shall be diagram(s); knowledge of
Combiner boxes
2

one-line diagram shows the shown. Such panels shall physical environment
identification and ratings of be labeled with the make, Disconnect switches restrictions; the application of
electrical equipment such as:
transformers, cables, circuit
model, bus rating and
customer designation. The
Inverters the electrical equipment; the
equipment manufacturers
2
Conduit routing
breakers, protective relays, main circuit breaker shall standards and options; the
fuses, switches, current also be labeled with the
Existing panel,
switchboard, or switchgear
latest manufacturing industry 2
transformers, potential make and rating (if standards; and a thorough
transformers, surge arresters, applicable)

connection
Step up transformer, MV
knowledge of the latest local 2
and so on. ANSI device Proper compliance with all and national codes and
numbers identify protective
relay types. The one-line
authorities having
jurisdiction
switchgear, point of utility
connection arrangement
regulations for installation of
the equipment.
2
diagram is typically provided
with each type of power
Step up transformer, MV
switchgear, and point of
Cable and conduit schedule,
to show:
Eaton can develop equipment 2
system study. Electrical one- layout or arrangement plans
line diagram, showing DC and
utility connection
Cable/conduit ID that will identify the location 2
AC portions of the system, to Typical DC connection of the equipment based upon
From/To destinations
include the following: drawing, showing the
following:
Voltages, AC or DC
the customers physical
restrictions. Once the
2
Solar module Cable and conduit sizing equipment location has
2

manufacturer, type and Typical termination for a Number of conductors/ been determined, foundation
catalog number; number of solar module string sets per phase designs, equipment
module strings, number of Typical panel to panel Insulation type grounding, and raceway 2
modules per string (DC) termination routing designs will be
Make, model, DC kW Typical combiner box Power Systems Engineering
is an integral part of Eatons
developed and issued
for approval.
2
rating of solar panels termination
Make, model, AC kW rating Develop cable routing and
electrical service capabilities.
The combined Eaton Eaton can provide the 2
of inverter(s) interconnection details following minimum design
Electrical Services & Systems
Make, model, voltage, and Step up transformer, MV team can provide a full scope elements for the design 2
current interrupt rating of switchgear, point of utility of design and construction deliverables:
all AC and DC disconnect
switches
connection equipment management services to Title sheet 2
Grounding plan support your project needs: Existing site plan
Make and model of all
2
lightning arrestors and Engineering and design PV array layout

surge suppression Multi-vendor equipment Electrical one-line
2

equipment supply diagram sheet

Make and model of Turnkey projects and Equipment location plan
combiner boxes and fuses construction management Equipment specifications 2
Make, model and rating of Installation services 100% design drawings and
2

all circuit breakers and Power quality and load other information as
electrical panels measurements needed to enable accurate
Make and model of the Power quality investigation procurement and 2
utility meter Energy management installation required to
Size, insulation rating, and studies construct the project 2
temperature rating of Renewable energy
system wiring and nominal
voltage present on
applications 2
each line
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.6 Solar Services
Solar Design
Product Description
2 Eatons Power System Our power system engineers
Engineering team is your ally bring extensive skills and
2 to provide analysis and design expertise to power system
for connecting renewable and analysis and design. Active
2 alternative energy generation participation in technical
to the utility grid. Our societies such as IEEE and
2 experience and North
American coverage make
collaboration with a variety of
utilities and industries
2 Eaton the choice to analyze
and design the electrical
ensures that our engineers
are knowledgeable about
distribution system and todays cutting edge
2 substation for wind and solar engineering techniques.
farm projects.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Solar Services
Turnkey Services
2.6
Contents
Description Page
2
Product Group Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-70 2
Solar Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-72 2
Turnkey Services
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-76 2
Solar Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-77
2
2
2
2
2
2
Turnkey Services 2
Product Overview 2
Services for Solar
Photovoltaic Power
PV System Commissioning Site power quality, load
shedding and future
AC switching and
protection
2
Eaton can provide start up
Pre-installation services
Solar site assessments
and commissioning
services for the solar array,
expansion analysis
Maintenance
AC solar switchboards and
panelboards
2
DC equipment, inverters
including technical and Operations training for site AC solar load centers
2

financial analysis and all AC equipment up to personnel AC disconnect switches

the point of connection
2
Solar system design Safety training AC circuit breakers
including shading and Eaton can supply all test Access to around-the-clock
equipment and labor to
Low voltage and medium
annual kWh output analysis
Photovoltaic panel properly test the PV
customer support

voltage AC switchgear
Low voltage and medium
2
selection system Other services
Electrical balance of
Eaton can complete the Arc flash hazard analysis voltage transformers
2
system design required field verification of and solutions Packaging
Monitoring system design
the solar system
components from the PV
Power reliability studies Integrated Solar System 2
(meters and software) LEED certification audits (ISS)
Building connection and
panels to the electrical AC
grid connection.
Building energy audits Integrated Power 2
substation design Acceptance will involve Assembly (IPA)
Installation services several steps starting at Equipment Solutions for Solar
Photovoltaic Power Monitoring and metering 2
factory testing through
2
Solar photovoltaic panel DC switching and Metering solutions
final site system
installation protection compatible with Eaton and
performance evaluations,
Electrical balance of other manufacturers
2
with ongoing reporting and DC solar disconnect

system installation equipment
evaluation switches
Building infrastructure Customized metering
2
Eaton can supply complete DC solar integrated

connection solutions
close out documentation disconnect combiner
Utility grid interconnection including final test reports, Web-enabled data
up to 345 kV substations, O&M manuals, training and
switch
DC string level and array
collection and monitoring 2
synchronizing and controls as built drawings Cellular and satellite
Solar system Post-installation services
level monitoring communications 2
commissioning and Inverters
Remote performance
2

performance verification Solar inverters
monitoring (metering and
data collection) String Inverters,
Ongoing energy production commercial inverters, 2
monitoring and rebate utility class inverters
certifications 2
2
2.6 Solar Services
Turnkey Services
Product Description
2 Eatons turnkey project
capabilities can help you build
2 your solar business without
adding staff or assets. With
2 decades of experience in
managing electrical power,
2 we know what it takes to
design and install a power
2 system that generates clean,
reliable power.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Solar Services
Solar Monitoring
2.6
Contents
Description Page
2
Product Group Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-70 2
Solar Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-72 2
Turnkey Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-75
Solar Monitoring 2
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-78
2
2
2
2
2
2
Solar Monitoring 2
Product Overview 2
PVGard is a web-based solar Real time data at minimal of Inverter System Sensors The monitoring and
monitoring system that can 15 minute intervals (Enhanced monitoring display software permits 2
transmit via hard wire land parameters) customization to incorporate
AC current, voltage and
2

lines or wireless descriptive text, schematic
communications from field kilowatt hours Internal equipment diagrams, and user-specific
Solar plane of array enclosure temperatures
acquired measurement
parameters. Data parameters irradiance and humidity
data.
2
monitored and displayed can Ambient temperature and Internal dust/smoke alarm PVGard also provides the
include but not be limited to wind speed levels within enclosures capability to generate the
following type of graphs:
2
the following measurements Water intrusion detector
and displays: Calculated parameters (floor water) Average plots of irradiance 2
Photovoltaic power output
AC power output Breaker trip or operation Average plots of ambient
performance measurement Sunlight conversion Fan and heater circuit temperature and module 2
transducers efficiency to AC and DC operation temperature
AC current and voltage
power Load current of main circuit Daily value or totals of 2
Inverter DC to AC power breakers energy production
DC current and voltage
2
conversion efficiency Transformer monitoring Peak daily power

Kilowatt-hour meter Avoided pollutant and alarms Peak daily module
Meteorological data emissions of CO2, SOx,
and NOx gases
Relay status/health and temperature 2
measurements Inverter error codes Peak daily irradiance plot
Ambient air temperature Inverter monitored data

alarming
Safe-solar detection and
over a specific month 2
Monthly values of energy
Relative humidity Watt-hour
2

protection production
Barometric pressure AC and DC voltage and Quarterly performance Incident solar irradiance
current
Wind speed reports to be e-mailed to
2
Cumulated yearly voided

Wind direction AC frequency site personnel emissions of CO2, SOx,
Alarm conditions will be
2

Rainfall Cumulated watt-hours and NOx gases
Inverter error codes e-mailed and text-message
Global horizontal irradiance
to site personnel/Eaton
Solar cell temperature Inverter conversion
efficiency
Alarm and operating 2
conditions will be
DC string level and
re-combiner current
summarized in quarterly 2
report
monitoring
Inverter health index 2
2
2
2.6 Solar Services
Solar Monitoring
Product Description
2 The displayed data can also Eatons PVGard Engineered
incorporate a looping Monitoring system is a web-
2 background of pictures from based system that monitors
the site, graphic overlays of and proactively manages PV
2 the solar power generation in array equipment, inverters,
watts and watt-hours for each AC equipment and weather
2 inverter. Other display
capabilities:
parameters. Eaton builds in
custom algorithms to track
2 Project location on globe
multiple inputs in order to
improve and maintain system
coordinates with zoom-in performance. For example
2 and out capability PVGard alerts users to
Current weather conditions underperforming panels and
2 Power generation from the can schedule maintenance on
total system and/or the inverters when expected
2 individual solar power
arrays
production values are shown
to be lower than optimal
2 Historic power generation performance.
Solar power system
2
environmental impact
Educational power point
2
presentation (optional)
Installed solar power
2 electrical system overview
and single line diagram
2 The display system can be

capable of being programmed
2 periodically to show
additional information related
to scheduled maintenance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Solar OEM
3.1 Direct Current Circuit Breakers

Direct Current Circuit Breakers
Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-2
3
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-4 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-12 3
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-14
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-15
3
3.2 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers 3
600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series
PVGard Solar Photovoltaic
Circuit Breakers Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-16
3
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-17 3
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-17
3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 3
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-24
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-27 3
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-28
3
3.3 DC Switch Disconnectors
3
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-29
Dry-Type Transformer Family

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-34 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-37
3
3.4 DC Switches
3
3.5 DC Switched Combiners 3
3
3.6 Dry-Type Distribution Transformers
Encapsulated Transformers 3
3
Ventilated Transformers/Open Core-Coil Assemblies
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-43 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EMay 2016 eaton.com/solar V15-T3-1
Specialty Breakers
Contents
3 Direct Current Circuit Breakers
Description Page
3 Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-5
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-12
3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-14
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-15
3
3
3
3
3
3
DC (direct current) Current ratings are available The HFDDC through
3 systems and applications from 15 to 2500A, with HMDLDC DC breakers
are becoming commonplace a full scale of voltage and use the same internal and
3 as alternative energy sources
have expanded and the
interrupting ratings to address
needs ranging from standard
external accessories as
their Series C or Series G
3 number of DC devices
and data centers using DC
to the highest performance.
Optional internal accessories
AC frame equivalents. NBDC
and PBDC use the same
power has swelled. provide remote tripping and internal and external
3 Eaton offers molded case
indication of breaker status. accessories as standard
NB and PB breakers.
3 circuit breakers and switches
to meet circuit protection and
The DC breaker family is
UL 489 listed and exceeds Many of the Eaton AC
switching requirements for a the requirements in UL 489 molded case circuit breakers
3 host of different DC end use Supplement SC for UPS carry 250 Vdc ratings for
requirements. Applications applications. Eaton breakers ungrounded systems. Refer
3 include UPS battery supply may be applied in both to Volume 4Circuit
circuits, solar systems and ungrounded and select Protection, CA08100005E,
3 electric vehicle charging, as
well as commercial and
grounded applications, with
poles connected in series
Tab 2 for these interrupting
tables.
3 industrial distribution. to operate at the maximum
voltages shown on Page
V15-T3-3. To use DC circuit
3 breakers on 600V grounded
systems, three poles in series
3 must be connected on the
ungrounded leg.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V15-T3-2 Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EMay 2016 eaton.com/solar
Specialty Breakers
3.1
Quick Reference Direct Current Circuit Breakers
3
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Interrupting Capacity (kA) 3
Volts DC 1
Circuit Breaker Maximum Poles in Poles in Poles in Poles in 3
Type Amperes 125 Series 250 2 Series 500 600 Series 750 2 Series
EGEDC 100 10 1 35 2 35 3 3
EGSDC 100 35 1 42 2 50 3
EGHDC 100 42 1 50 2 65 3
3
HFDDC 225 42 1 50 2 42 3 42 4
3
JGEDC 250 35 1 35 2 35 3
JGSDC 250 42 1 42 2 50 3 3
JGHDC 250 50 1 50 2 65 3
HJDDC 250 42 1 50 2 42 3 3
3
HKDDC 400 42 1 50 2 42 3
LGEDC 600 22 1 22 2 35 3
LGSDC 600 22 1 22 2 50 3
3
LGHDC 600 50 1 50 2 65 3
HLDDC 600 42 1 50 2 35 3 3
HLDDC 3 1200 42 1 50 2
HMDLDC 800 42 1 50 2 35 3 3
NBDC
PBDC
1200
2500
42
42
1
1
50
65
2
2

50
65
3
3

3
IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings

3
Circuit Breaker Maximum 125 Volts DC Poles in 250 Volts DC Poles in 600 Volts DC Poles in 3
Type Amperes Icu Ics Series Icu Ics Series Icu Ics Series
EGEDC 100 10 10 1 10 10 2 3
EGSDC 100 35 35 1 35 35 2
EGHDC 100 42 42 1 42 42 2 3
JGEDC 250 22 22 1 22 22 2

3
JGSDC 250 22 22 1 22 22 2
JGHDC 250 42 42 1 42 42 2 3
HJDDC 250 20 10 3
LGEDC 600 22 22 1 22 22 2 3

3
LGSDC 600 22 22 1 22 22 2
LGHDC 600 42 42 1 42 42 2
HLDDC 600 20 10 3
3
HMDLDC 800 20 10 3
Notes 3
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Time constants per UL 489.
2 EGEDC through HMDLDC have been tested up to 300 Vdc to allow for battery charging voltages. 750 Vdc is common in transportation applications.
3
HFDDC, four-pole 750 Vdc is available up to 150A maximum. 300 Vdc and 750 Vdc are not UL 489 listed voltage ratings.
3
3 Four-pole frame with two-poles connected in parallel.
See Page V15-T3-14 for series connection diagrams. Use NEC rated cable to connect/short poles in series as shown.
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers

3
3 DC Circuit Breaker
3 HFDDC 3 150 W
3 Frame Suffix
EGEDC = Series GE (100A max.) Number of Poles Trip Unit Ampere Rating Series C, NB and PB Frames
3 EGSDC
EGHDC
=
=
Series GE (100A max.)
Series GE (100A max.)
1 = Single-pole
2 = Two-pole
015 = 15A
020 = 20A
K
L
= Molded case switch
= Line and load terminals, F-Frame
HFDDC = Series CF (225A max.) MW = 135% magnetic trip unit, without terminals
3
3 = Three-pole 025 = 25A
JGEDC = Series GJ (250A max.) 4 = Four-pole 030 = 30A W = Without terminals
JGSDC = Series GJ (250A max.) 035 = 35A Series G Frames
3 JGHDC
HJDDC
=
=
Series GJ (250A max.)
Series CJ (250A max.)
040 = 40A
045 = 45A
FFG = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, with terminals
FFW = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, without terminals
HKDDC = Series CK (400A max.) 050 = 50A FAG = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, with terminals
3 LGEDC
LGSDC
=
=
Series GL (600A max.)
Series GL (600A max.)
060 = 60A
070 = 70A
FAW = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, without terminals
KSG = Molded case switch, with terminals
LGHDC = Series GL (600A max.) 080 = 80A KSW = Molded case switch, without terminals
3 HLDDC
HMDLDC
=
=
Series CL (1200A max.)
Series CM (800A max.)
090 = 90A
100 = 100A
3
NBDC = NB (1200A max.) 110 = 110A
PBDC = PB (2500A max.) 125 = 125A
150 = 150A
3 175 = 175A
200 = 200A
225 = 225A
3 250 = 250A
300 = 300A
3
350 = 350A
400 = 400A
450 = 450A
3 500 = 500A
600 = 600A
700 = 700A
3 800 = 800A
900 = 900A
3
1000 = 1000A
1200 = 1200A
1600 = 1600A
3 2000 = 2000A
2500 = 2500A
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.1
Product Selection
3
Type EGEDC DC Circuit Breakers Type EGHDC DC Circuit Breakers
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 500 Vdc Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 500 Vdc 3
Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker
3
Maximum Maximum
Continuous with Terminals without Terminals Continuous with Terminals without Terminals
Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog
at 40C Number Number at 40C Number Number
3
25 EGEDC3025FFG EGEDC3025FFW 25 EGHDC3025FFG EGHDC3025FFW
30 EGEDC3030FFG EGEDC3030FFW 30 EGHDC3030FFG EGHDC3030FFW 3
3
45
50
EGEDC3045FFG
EGEDC3050FFG
EGEDC3045FFW
EGEDC3050FFW
45
50
EGHDC3045FFG
EGHDC3050FFG
EGHDC3045FFW
EGHDC3050FFW
3
3
Type EGSDC DC Circuit Breakers 3

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 500 Vdc
Maximum Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker 3
with Terminals without Terminals
3
Continuous
Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog
at 40C Number Number
25 EGSDC3025FFG EGSDC3025FFW 3
30 EGSDC3030FFG EGSDC3030FFW
40
45
EGSDC3040FFG
EGSDC3045FFG
EGSDC3040FFW
EGSDC3045FFW
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
Type HFDDC DC Circuit Breakers

3 HFDDC
Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals 1
3 Maximum
Continuous Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
3 at 40C Number Number Number Number
15 HFDDC1015L HFDDC2015L HFDDC3015L HFDDC4015L
3 20 HFDDC1020L HFDDC2020L HFDDC3020L HFDDC4020L


3

3 125
150
HFDDC1125L
HFDDC1150L
HFDDC2125L
HFDDC2150L
HFDDC3125L
HFDDC3150L
HFDDC4125L
HFDDC4150L
3 175 HFDDC2175L HFDDC3175L

200 HFDDC2200L HFDDC3200L
3 225 HFDDC2225L HFDDC3225L
3
Type JGEDC DC Circuit Breakers
3 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Complete Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard
3
Maximum
Continuous Breaker Frame Only 2 Trip Unit Terminals
3 at 40C Number Number Number Number
70 JGEDC3070FAG JGEDC3250NN JT3070FA T250FJ
3 90 JGEDC3090FAG JGEDC3250NN JT3090FA T250FJ
3

3 Notes
1 For breaker without terminals, replace "L" with "W" at end of catalog number.
2 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.1
Type JGSDC DC Circuit Breakers
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc 3
Maximum
Continuous Breaker Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals 3
at 40C Number Number Number Number
3
70 JGSDC3070FAG JGSDC3250NN JT3070FA T250FJ
90 JGSDC3090FAG JGSDC3250NN JT3090FA T250FJ 3
3
3
3
Type JGHDC DC Circuit Breakers
JGHDC3250NN
Maximum
3
70 JGHDC3070FAG JGHDC3250NN JT3070FA T250FJ
90 JGHDC3090FAG JGHDC3250NN JT3090FA T250FJ 3
3
3
3
Type HJDDC DC Circuit Breakers
HJDDC3250
Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard
Maximum
Continuous Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals 3
Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog
at 40C Number Number Number
3
70 HJDDC3250F JT3070T TA250KB
90 HJDDC3250F JT3090T TA250KB 3
3
150
175
HJDDC3250F
HJDDC3250F
JT3150T
JT3175T
TA250KB
TA250KB
3
Note
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers

3 HKDDC3400
3 Maximum Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard

Continuous Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals
3 at 40C Number Number Number
100 HKDDC3400F KT3100T TA300K
3 125 HKDDC3400F KT3125T TA300K
3
3 200 HKDDC3400F KT3200T TA300K

3 250 HKDDC3400F KT3250T TA350K
3 350 HKDDC3400F KT3350T TA350K
3 400 HKDDC3400F KT3400T 3TA400K 2
3 Type LGEDC DC Circuit Breakers

LGEDC3630NN
3 Maximum Complete Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard
Breaker Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals
3
Continuous
3 250 LGEDC3250FAG LGEDC3630NN LT3250FA TA350LK
300 LGEDC3300FAG LGEDC3630NN LT3300FA TA350LK

500 LGEDC3500FAG LGEDC3630NN LT4500FA 3TA632LK 2
3 600 LGEDC3600FAG LGEDC3630NN LT3600FA 3TA632LK 2
3
Type LGSDC DC Circuit Breakers
3 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Complete Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard
3 Continuous
Ampere Rating
Breaker
Catalog
Frame Only 1
Catalog
Trip Unit
Catalog
Terminals
Catalog
3
250 LGSDC3250FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3250FA TA350LK
3 300 LGSDC3300FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3300FA TA350LK

350 LGSDC3350FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3350FA TA350LK
3 400 LGSDC3400FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3400FA TA350LK
500 LGSDC3500FAG LGSDC3630NN LT4500FA 3TA632LK 2
3 600 LGSDC3600FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3600FA 3TA632LK 2
3 Notes
3 2 Three-pole kit.
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.1
Type LGHDC DC Circuit Breakers
Maximum
3
250 LGHDC3250FAG LGHDC3630NN LT3250FA TA350LK
300 LGHDC3300FAG LGHDC3630NN LT3300FA TA350LK 3
3
500 LGHDC3500FAG LGHDC3630NN LT4500FA 3TA632LK 2
3
600 LGHDC3600FAG LGHDC3630NN LT3600FA 3TA632LK 2
3
HLDDC Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers
3
Maximum Circuit Breaker
Frame Only 1
Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit
Standard
Terminals
3
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 3
300
350
HLDDC3600F
HLDDC3600F
LT3300T
LT3350T
TA602LD
TA602LD
3
400 HLDDC3600F LT3400T TA602LD 3
450 HLDDC3600F LT3450T TA602LD
500 HLDDC3600F LT3500T TA602LD 3
600 HLDDC3600F LT3600T 3TA603LDK 2
3
Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers 3
Two-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 250 Vdc 34
Maximum Complete 3
Continuous Breaker
Ampere Rating Catalog 3
at 40C Number
600 HLDDC20600 3
700 HLDDC20700
800 HLDDC20800 3
900
1000
HLDDC20900
HLDDC21000
3
1200 HLDDC21200 3
Notes
1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 3
2 Three-pole kit.
3 Includes breaker frame, trip unit and terminals.
4 Four-pole breaker with two poles wired in parellel.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
Type HMDLDC DC Circuit Breakers

3 HMDLDC3800F
3 Maximum Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard

Continuous Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals
3 at 40C Number Number Number
300 HMDLDC3800F MT3300T TA700MA1
3 350 HMDLDC3800F MT3350T TA700MA1
3

3
3 Type NBDC DC Circuit Breakers
3 Maximum Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Standard
Continuous Assembled without Terminals 2 Terminals
3 Ampere Rating
at 40C
Catalog
Number
Includes Magnetic
Trip Unit Calibrated at 135%
Catalog
Number
3 700 NBDC3700MW Included TA1000NB1

800 NBDC3800MW Included TA1000NB1
1000 NBDC31000MW Included TA1000NB1
3
3 Type PBDC DC Circuit Breakers
3 Maximum
Complete Circuit Breaker
Factory Assembled Standard Rear
Continuous without Terminals 2 Connectors
3 Ampere Rating
at 40C
Catalog
Number
Includes Magnetic
Trip Unit Calibrated at 135%
Catalog
Number
3 1600 PBDC31600W Included BA2000PB

2000 PBDC32000W Included BA2000PB
3 2500 PBDC32500W Included BA2500PB
3 Notes
1 Includes frame and trip unit. Order terminals or connectors separately.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.1
DC Breaker Terminal Wire Ranges
Breaker Maximum Breaker Terminal Body AWG Wire Range/ Metric Wire Number of Standard Terminal
3
Frame Ampacity Material Wire Type Number of Conductors Range mm2 Terminals Included Catalog Number
EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC 100 Aluminum Cu/Al 141/0 2.550 3 3TA125EF
3
HFDDC 20 Steel Cu/Al 1410 (1) 2.54 (1) 3 3T20FB
3
100 Steel Cu/Al 141/0 (1) 2.550 (1) 3 3T100FB
225 Aluminum Cu/Al 44/0 (1) 2595 (1) 3 3TA225FD 3
JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC 250 Stainless steel Cu 4350 (1) 25185 (1) 1 T250FJ
HJDDC 250 Aluminum Cu/Al 4350 kcmil (1) 25185 (1) 1 TA250KB 3
3
HKDDC 225 Aluminum Cu/Al 3350 kcmil (1) 35185 (1) 1 TA300K
350 Aluminum Cu/Al 250500 kcmil (1) 120240 (1) 1 TA350K
400 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0250 kcmil (2) 95120 (1) 3 3TA400K
3
LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC 400 Aluminum Cu/Al 2500 (1) 35240 (1) 1 TA350LK
630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2500 kcmil (2) 35240 (2) 1 TA632L 3
630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2500 kcmil (2) 35240 (2) 3 3TA632LK
HLDDC 500 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0350 kcmil (2) 95150 (2) 1 TA602LD 3
HMDLDC
600
600
Aluminum
Aluminum
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
400500 kcmil (2)
1500 kcmil (2)
185240 (2)

3
1
3TA603LDK
TA700MA1
3
800 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0400 kcmil (3) 1 TA800MA2 3
NBDC 700 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0400 kcmil (3) 95185 (3) 1 TA1000NB1
800 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0400 kcmil (3) 95185 (3) 1 TA1000NB1 3
900 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0400 kcmil (3) 95185 (3) 1 TA1000NB1
3
3
Molded Case Switches
3
Eatons DC molded case switches are used in applications requiring a compact, high-capacity disconnect. They are UL 489 listed and
have automatic high instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection.
3
Molded Case Switches 3
3
Maximum With Line and Load Terminals Without Line and Load Terminals
Continuous
Ampere Rating Interrupting Capacity Poles in Catalog Catalog
at 40C (Volts DC) Series Number Number
3
600 Vdc Maximum
100 42 3 HFDDC3100KL HFDDC3100KW 3
150 42 3 HFDDC3150KL HFDDC3150KW
250 65 3 JGKDC3250KSG JGKDC3250KSW
250 42 3 HJDDC3250K HJDDC3250KW 3
400 35 3 HKDDC3400K HKDDC3400KW
65 3 LGKDC3400KSG LGKDC3400KSW 3
600 65 3 LGKDC3630KSG LGKDC3630KSW
35 3 HLDDC3600K HLDDC3600WK 3
3
800 35 3 HMDLDC3800K HMDLDC3800WK
500 Vdc Maximum
100 65 3 EGK3100KSG EGK3100KSW
3
250 Vdc Maximum
150 50 2 HFDDC2150KL HFDDC2150KW
1
1200 50 HLDDC21200K 1 HLDDC21200WK 1
Note 3
1 Four-pole frame with two-pole connected in parallel.
3
Specialty Breakers
Accessories
3
3
Internal Accessories
Field Installation Kits
3 JGEDC,
JGSDC,
JGHDC
3 Factory LGEDC,
Installation EGEDC, EGSDC, LGSDC,
3 Description (HFDDC) HFDDC 1 EGHDC LGHDC HJDDC HKDDC HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC PBDC
Right-Pole Mounting
3 Auxiliary switch
3 1A-1B
2A-2B
A06
A13
A1X1PK
A2X1RPK
AUX1A1BPK
AUX2A2BPK
AUX1A1BPK
AUX2A2BPK
A1X2PK
A2X2PK
A1X13PK
A2X3PK
A1X4PK
A2X4PK
A1X4PK
A2X4PK
4980D16G05
4980D16G06
2602D32G14
2602D32G15
3 Alarm switch
1 make/1 break B06 A1L1RPK ALM1M1BEPK ALM1M1BJPK A1L2RPK A1L3RPK A1L4RPK A1L4RPK
3 Auxiliary and alarm combo
3
1A-1B, 1 make/1 C05 AAL1RPK AUXALRMEPK AUXALRMJPK AAL2RPK AAL3RPK AA114RPK AA114RPK
break
Left-Pole Mounting
3 Shunt trip
3 12 Vdc
24 Vdc
S02
S02
SNT1LP03K
SNT1LP03K
SNT012CPK
SNT060CPK
SNT012CPK
SNT060CPK
SNT2P04K
SNT2P04K
SNT3P04K
SNT3P04K
SNT4LP03K
SNT4LP03K
SNT4LP03K
SNT4LP03K
2606D58G14
2606D58G13
2606D59G28
2606D59G27
3 48 Vdc S06 SNT1LP08K SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT2P06K SNT3P06K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K 2606D58G12 2606D59G26
60 Vdc S06 SNT1LP08K SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT2P06K SNT3P06K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K 2606D58G11 2606D59G25
3 125 Vdc S10 SNT1LP12K SNT120CPK SNT120CPK SNT2P11K SNT3P11K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP26K 2606D58G10 2606D59G24
3
250 Vdc S14 SNT1LP18K SNT2P14K SNT3P14K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP14K 2606D58G09 2606D59G23
120 Vac S06 SNT1LP12K SNT120CPK SNT120CPK SNT2P11K SNT3P11K SNT4LP11K SNT4LP11K 2060D58G05 2060D59G19
3 Undervoltage release
12 Vdc U30 UVH1LP20K UVR012DPK UVR012DPK UVH2LP20K UVH3LP20K UVH4LP20K UVH4LP20K 372D032G06 4976D85G11
3 24 Vdc U34 UVH1LP21K UVR024DPK UVR024DPK UVH2LP21K UVH3LP21K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP21K 372D032G07 4976D85G12
48 Vdc U38 UVH1LP22K UVR048DPK UVR048DPK UVH2LP22K UVH3LP22K UVH4LP22K UVH4LP22K 372D032G08 4976D85G13
3 125 Vdc U42 UVH1LP26K UVR125DPK UVR125DPK UVH2LP26K UVH3LP26K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP26K 372D032G09 4976D85G17
3 250 Vdc
120 Vac
U46
U14
UVH1LP28K
UVH1LP08K
UVR250DPK
UVR120APK
UVR250DPK
UVR120APK
UVH2LP28K
UVH2LP08K
UVH3LP28K
UVH3LP08K
UVH4LP28K
UVH4LP08K
UVH4LP28K
UVH4LP08K
372D032G10
373D632G05
4976D85G18
5674D29G01
3 Note
1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation
3 under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker
is mounted and connected.
3 One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. Factory installation of accessories is available. Contact Eaton for assistance with part number configuration.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.1
Jumpers
Jumpers must be ordered separately. Priced individually. 3
HFDDC Frame 3
Maximum Catalog
Description Amperes Number 3
Single copper jumper 60 DC1F060 1
100 DC1F100 1 3
125
225
DC1F125 1
DC1F225 1
3
Package of 2 aluminum jumpers 100 DC2FD100A 3
Package of 3 aluminum jumpers 100 DC3FD100A
3
JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC Frames
Maximum Catalog
3
3
Description Amperes Number
Single aluminum jumper 250 DC1JG250A 1
Package of 2 aluminum jumpers 250 DC2JG250A 1 3
Package of 20 aluminum jumpers 250 DC20JG250A 1
3
HKDDC Frame
Maximum Catalog
3
Single copper jumper 400 DC1K400 1
3
Package of 2 aluminum jumpers 400 DC2KD400A 1
3
3
LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC Frames
Maximum Catalog
3
Package of 2 aluminum jumpers 400 DC2LG400A
3
3
Note 3
1 Not UL Listed; Non UL listed jumpers used in a UL application may need to be qualified by the OEM in their assembly.
This may take place with UL or another certified testing agency. 3

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
Wiring Diagrams
3
Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application 12
3
3 250 Vdc MaximumTwo Poles in Series
3
3
3
3 Load
3 Load
(A)
3 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
systems that have one end of load (A) connected to
3 grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
3 500 Vdc or 600 Vdc MaximumThree Poles in Series

3 Load
3
3
3
3 Load
(A)
3 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded

Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
3
grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
3
750 Vdc MaximumFour Poles in Series
3
3
3
3
3 Load
Load
3 (A)
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
3 systems that have one end of load (A) connected to

3 Notes
3
1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC.
2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.1
Dimensions
DC Breaker Dimensions 3
Frame
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth 3
EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC 3 3.00 (76.2) 5.50 (139.7) 2.99 (75.9)
3
HFDDC 1 1.38 (35.1) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0)
2 2.75 (70.0) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0) 3
3 4.13 (105.0) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0)
4 5.50 (139.7) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0) 3
3
JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC 3 4.13 (104.9) 7.00 (177.8) 3.57 (90.7)
HJDDC 2, 3 4.13 (105.0) 10.00 (254.0) 4.06 (103.1)
HKDDC 2, 3 5.50 (139.7) 10.13 (257.3) 4.10 (104.1)
3
LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC 3 5.48 (139.2) 10.13 (257.3) 4.09 (103.9)
600A Max. HLDDC 2, 3 8.25 (209.6) 10.75 (273.1) 4.06 (103.1) 3
1200A Max. HLDDC 4 11.00 (279.4) 10.75 (273.1) 4.06 (103.1)
HMDLDC 2, 3 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 4.06 (103.1) 3
NBDC
PBDC
3
3
8.25 (209.6)
12.06 (306.3)
16.00 (406.4)
22.06 (560.3)
5.50 (139.7)
9.06 (230.1)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
Specialty Breakers
Contents
3 PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers
Description Page
3 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers600 Vdc Per-Pole
and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series
3 Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-17
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-17
3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
3 600 Vdc Per-Pole 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-28
3
3
3
3
3 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series
3 Product Overview Product Description
Two PVGard lineups Photovoltaic (PV) systems There are two PVGard lineups PVGard 1000 Vdc
3 600 Vdc per-pole breaker convert the energy of the sun to choose from: the industry- Poles-in-Series Lineup
and switch. Each pole into electrical power that is exclusive, 600 Vdc per-pole This 1000 Vdc poles-in-series
3 rated 600 Vdc fed directly into the electric
grid. Within the balance of
breakers and switches
designed for residential and
lineup provides reliable and
safe disconnect means and
1000 Vdc poles-in-series
3 breaker and switch.
Requires poles in series
system (BOS), direct current
(DC) circuit breakers protect
light commercial applications
and 1000 Vdc poles-in-series
overcurrent protection in
a single, compact device for
the wiring connected from breakers and switches for commercial and utility scale
3
connection
Both options UL 489B
the PV modules to the commercial and utility scale PV systems. This solution
combiner or the inverter, applications. does not require jumpers
3 listed for solar photovoltaic
circuit protection
while also behaving as
a disconnect. PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Lineup
with the breaker/switch to
be a UL 489B listed device,
3 50C calibration

Only Eaton can offer this providing reliability and
Offers both 100% and Eaton is a global leader in

breakthrough breaker that will flexibility in design without
80% rated breakers circuit protection and brings
3 Handle bi-directional
this expertise to bear in the
save significant space, time
and cost. As a single-circuit-
limitation on implementation
of the breaker/switch. If
photovoltaic market. PVGard
current flow per-pole device, it allows needed, cost-effective Eaton
3 solar circuit breakers are part
of a product family that
space savings of up to 66% jumpers can be included.
when compared to traditional
3 combines a disconnect with
circuit protection in a single,
poles-in-series disconnects,
switches and breakers. In
compact, resettable device
3 to protect and isolate DC
addition, it eliminates the
need for jumpers for poles-in-
circuits as needed in
3
series connectionsaving on
photovoltaic systems.
installation time, labor and
PVGard breakers can replace
even inventory.
3 fuses, fuse holders and
disconnects in combiner box
and inverter applications
3 saving space, streamlining
design, purchasing and
3 receiving, and reducing spare
parts requirements.
3
3
3
3
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
Specialty Breakers
3.2
Application Description Features Standards and Certifications
Photovoltaic (PV) systems PVGard breakers are uniquely Designed specifically for Designed to meet UL 489B 3
convert the energy of the sun designed with these features: high- and low-temperature for solar photovoltaic circuit
into electrical power that is demands of PV installations, protection 3
fed directly into the electric
Meets the higher voltage PVGard circuit breakers UL File E350638, Category
grid. PVGard circuit breakers and lower fault current
levels of solar systems
undergo extreme ambient Control Number DIUR 3
are used to protect the wiring cycling tests, and carry a
from the modules to the
combiner box or inverter from
Tested to extreme ambient
conditions from 40C to
robust operating temperature
range. Trip units calibrate at
3
+90C
overcurrents, and to provide
an isolation mechanism. Full complement of
100% and 80% of nameplate
current in a 50C ambient, 3
accessories for status, ensuring continuous
Eaton offers a complete line of
UL 489 Listed multi-purpose
signalling, and on/off operation in higher 3
operation remotely temperature environments
600 Vdc poles-in-series
breakers and switches, as
Can handle bi-directional typical to solar. 3
well as protection for the flow of current Rigorous third-party testing
AC side of the inverter. Can be applied in includes limited and standard 3
grounded, ungrounded fault current tests, electrical
or bi-polar systems and mechanical endurance, 3
Meets and exceeds the di-electric voltage withstand
standards of UL 489B for
photovoltaic molded case
and temperature tests.
Eatons PVGard products are
3
circuit breakers and
molded case switches
stand-alone devices without
requiring jumpers to be 3
UL 489B listed devices.
Available both standard
3

(80%-rated) and 100%- PVGard breakers are available

rated breakers
50C calibration
with a full complement of
accessories to provide string 3
Ability to open on signal status, enable remote trip,
3

from DC arc or ground fault on/off operation, and can

detector be customized to site
Wide range of current requirements. 3
ratings increases options
for matching incoming 3
strings
Eliminates fuse stocking 3
costs and matching issues
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
Product Selection
3 Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See Page V15-T3-22.
For complete internal and external accessories, see accessory section of each frame.
3
JG PVS Frame, 250A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 1.2 kA 1
3 JG PVS Frame
Number Poles/ 80% Rated 100% Rated

3 Current Rating Amperes 600 Vdc Circuits Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number
90 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic JGPVS3090W CJGPVS3090W
3 100 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic JGPVS3100W CJGPVS3100W
3 175
200
3
3
Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic
JGPVS3175W
JGPVS3200W
CJGPVS3175W
CJGPVS3200W

3
KD PVS Frame KD PVS Frame, 400A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 3 kA 1
3 Number Poles/ 80% Rated 100% Rated
3
Current Rating Amperes 600 Vdc Circuits Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number
100 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic KDPVS3100W CKDPVS3100W
3 125 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic KDPVS3125W CKDPVS3125W


3
3 Note
1 Terminals not included with frames.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.2
Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See Page V15-T3-22. 3
3
FD PV Frame, 100A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 3 kA 1
FD PV Frame
3
80% Rated 100% Rated
Current Rating Amperes Poles in Series Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number 3
30 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic FDPV4030W CFDPV4030W
40 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic FDPV4040W CFDPV4040W 3
50
60
4
4
FDPV4050W
FDPV4060W
CFDPV4050W
CFDPV4060W
3
3
KD PV Frame KD PV Frame, 250A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA 1 3

80% Rated 100% Rated 3
Current Rating Amperes Poles in Series Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number
125 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic KDPV4125W CKDPV4125W 3
150 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic KDPV4150W CKDPV4150W
3
200
225
4
4
KDPV4200W
KDPV4225W
CKDPV4200W
CKDPV4225W
3
3
LG PV Frame, 400A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA 1
LG PV Frame
3
Current Rating Amperes Poles in Series Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number
3
250 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic LGPV4250FFW CLGPV4250FFW
300 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic LGPV4300FFW CLGPV4300FFW 3
3
3
3
MDL PV Frame MDL PV Frame, 600A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 7.5 kA 1
Current Rating Amperes Poles in Series Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number 3
300 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic MDLPV3300W CMDLPV3300W
350 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic MDLPV3350W CMDLPV3350W 3
400
450
3
3
MDLPV3400W
MDLPV3450W
CMDLPV3400W
CMDLPV3450W
3
500 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic MDLPV3500W CMDLPV3500W 3
600 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic MDLPV3600W CMDLPV3600W
Note
3
1 Terminals not included with frames.
3
3
Specialty Breakers
Accessories
3
3 Available Accessories Factory ModificationsFreeze Testing to 40C 4
Auxiliary switch End cap kits Frame Modification Code
3 Shunt trip Rotary handle mechanisms FD PV

JG PVS
F01
F01
Electrical operator Flexible shaft handle
3 Alarm lockout mechanisms KD PV and KD PVS
LG PV
F01
F01
Undervoltage release
3 Terminals
Optional modifications
Freeze testing
MDL PV F01
Special calibrationcontact Eaton for availability
Lock-off devices
3
3 For complete internal and external accessories, see the
accessory section of each frame.
Eatons DC molded case MCS are UL 489B listed and
switches (MCS) are used in have automatic instantaneous
3 External Accessories
applications requiring a
compact, high capacity
current protection. These
devices do not provide
3 Description Frame
Catalog
Number
disconnect. PVGard 1000 Vdc overload protection.
3 Imperial Base Mounting Hardware

0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers FD PV BMH1
Maximum Continuous Interrupting Poles in Catalog
3 0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers KD PV BMH3 Ampere Rating at 50C Capacity Vdc Series Number
KD PVS
1000 Vdc Maximum
3
JG PVS N/A
100 3000 4 FDPV4100KW
LG PV N/A
200 5000 4 KDPV4200KW
3
0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and MDL PV BMH5 250 5000 4 KDPV4250KW
lockwashers and flat washers
350 5000 4 KDPV4350KW
Metric Base Mounting Hardware
3 M40.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers FD PV BMH1M
400
600
5000
7500
4
3
LGPV4400KSW
MDLPV3600KSW
M60.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers KD PV BMH3M
3 KD PVS Notes
JG PVS Included 1 1 Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or a molded case switch
3 LG PV Included 1 (included with breaker). If required separately, order 66A2546G02.

2 Individually priced.
M8-1.25 x 35 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers MDL PV BMH5M 3 Locks in ON and OFF position.
3 Interphase Barriers 4 Add 20% to list price.
FD PV IPB1
3 KD PV
KD PVS
IPB3
3 JG PVS
LG PV
FJIPBK 2
IPB3
3 Non-Padlockable Handle Block

MDL PV IPB4
3 FD PV
KD PV
LKD1
LKD3
KD PVS
3 JG PVS N/A
3
LG PV N/A
MDL PV LKD4
3
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp 3
FD PV PLK1
3
KD PV PLK3
KD PVS
JG PVS FJPHL
3 LG PV LPHL
MDL PV HLK4
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.2
Internal AccessoriesRight Pole Mounting
KD PV
3
FD PV 1 JG PVS KD PVS LG PV MDL PV
Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit 3
Modification Catalog Modification Catalog Modification Catalog Modification Catalog Modification Catalog
Code Number Code Number Code Number Code Number Code Number
3
Auxiliary Switch
1A-1B A06 A1X1PK A1 AUX1A1BPK A06 A1X3PK A1 AUX1A1BPK A06 A1X4PK 3
2A-2B A13 A2X1RPK A2 AUX2A2BPK A13 A2X3PK A2 AUX2A2BPK A13 A2X4PK
Alarm Switch 3
1 make/1 break
Auxiliary and Alarm Combo
B06 A1L1RPK B1 ALM1M1BJPKL B06 A1L3RPK B1 ALM1M1BJPK B06 A1L4RPK
3
1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05 AAL1RPK B2w AUXALRMJPK C05 AAL3RPK B2 AUXALRMJPK C05 AA114RPK 3
Internal AccessoriesLeft Pole Mounting 3
KD PV
FD PV 1 JG PVS KD PVS LG PV MDL PV 3
Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit
Modification Catalog
Code Number
Modification Catalog
Code Number
Modification
Code
Catalog
Number
Modification
Code
Catalog
Number
Modification
Code
Catalog
Number 3
Shunt Trip
12 Vdc S02 SNT1LP03K S4 SNT012CPK S42 SNT3P04K S4 SNT012CPK S02 SNT4LP03K
3
24 Vdc S02 SNT1LP03K S1 SNT060CPK S42 SNT3P04K S1 SNT060CPK S02 SNT4LP03K 3
48 Vdc S06 SNT1LP08K S1 SNT060CPK S50 SNT3P06K S1 SNT060CPK S86 SNT4LP23K
60 Vdc S06 SNT1LP08K S1 SNT060CPK S50 SNT3P06K S1 SNT060CPK S86 SNT4LP23K 3
3
125 Vdc S10 SNT1LP12K S5 SNT125DPK S10 SNT3P11K S2 SNT120CPK S42 SNT4LP26K
250 Vdc S14 SNT1LP18K S14 SNT3P14K S14 SNT4LP14K
120 Vac S10 SNT1LP12K S2 SNT120CPK S10 SNT3P11K S2 SNT120CPK S10 SNT4LP11K
3
Undervoltage Release
12 Vdc U30 UVH1LP20K T02 UVH3LP20K U1 UVR012DPK T02 UVH4LP20K 3
24 Vdc U34 UVH1LP21K U2 UVR024CPK T02 UVH3LP21K U2 UVR024DPK T06 UVH4LP21K
48 Vdc U38 UVH1LP22K U4 UVR048DPK T10 UVH3LP22K U4 UVR048DPK T10 UVH4LP22K 3
3
60 Vdc U4 UVR048DPK
125 Vdc U42 UVH1LP26K U6 UVR125DPK T14 UVH3LP26K U6 UVR125DPK T14 UVH4LP26K
250 Vdc U46 UVH1LP28K U8 UVR250DPK T18 UVH3LP28K U8 UVR250DPK T18 UVH4LP28K
3
120 Vac U14 UVH1LP08K U5 UVR120APK U18 UVH3LP08K U5 UVR120APK U18 UVH4LP08K
Notes 3
1 Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories for the FD PV be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation
under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be
done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
3
One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Offering

3 Standard
Maximum Number of Terminal
3 Breaker
Frame
Breaker
Ampacity
Terminal Body
Material Wire Type
AWG Wire Range/
Number of Conductors
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Terminals
Included
Catalog
Number Comments
3 FD PV 50 Steel Cu/Al 144 (1) 2.525 (1) 3 3TA50FB

100 Aluminum Cu/Al 6300 kcmil (1) 16150 (1) 3 3TA225FDK Includes 3P terminal cover
3 100 Copper Cu 44/0 (1) 2595 (1) 3 3T225FD
3 JG PVS 250
250
Aluminum
Aluminum
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
#8350 kcmil (1)
(2) 2/0(2) 4/0

1
TA250FJ
3TA251FJK1
3 250 Aluminum Cu/Al (2) 2/0(2) 4/0 2

3TA251FJK2
250 Copper Cu #4350 kcmil (1) T250FJ
3 KD PV 225 Aluminum Cu/Al 3350 kcmil (1) 35185 (1) 1 TA300K
KD PVS
250 Aluminum Cu/Al 250500 kcmil (1) 120240 (1) 1 TA350K
3 250 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0250 kcmil (2) 95120 (1) 4 4TA400K Contains interphase barriers
3 250
300
Aluminum
Aluminum
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
2/0250 kcmil (2) or 2/0500 kcmil (1)
3/0250 kcmil (2)
70240 (2)
95120 (2)
4
4
4TA401K
4TA401K Contains interphase barriers
3 350 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0250 kcmil (2) 95120 (2) 4 4TA401K Contains interphase barriers
225 Copper Cu 3350 kcmil (1) 35185 (1) 1 T300K
3 250 Copper Cu 250500 kcmil (1) 120240 (1) 1 T350K
3
250 Copper Cu 3/0250 kcmil (2) 95120 (1) 4 4T400K Contains interphase barriers
300 Copper Cu 3/0250 kcmil (2) 95120 (2) 4 4TA401K Contains interphase barriers
3 350 Copper Cu 3/0250 kcmil (2) 95120 (2) 4 4TA401K Contains interphase barriers
LG PV 400 Aluminum Cu/Al 2500 kcmil (2) 35240 (2) 4 4TA632LK Includes 4P terminal cover
3 250 Copper Cu 2500 kcmil (1) 35240 (1) 1 T350LK
400 Copper Cu 2500 kcmil (2) 35240 (2) 4 4T632LK Includes 4P terminal cover
3 MDL PV 300 Aluminum Cu/Al 1500 kcmil (2) 1 TA700MA1
3
600 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0400 kcmil (3) 1 TA800MA2
3 Endcap Kits
Breaker Frame Number of Poles Thread Type Thread Size Catalog Number
3 FD PV 4 Imperial 1032 KPEK14

4 Metric M5 KPEKM14
3 JG PVS 3 Imperial FJ3RTDK
3 KD PV
3
4
Metric
Imperial

0.31218
FJ3RTWK
KPEK34
3 4 Metric M8 KPEKM34
KD PVS 3 Imperial KPEK3
3 3 Metric KPEKM3
LG PV 4 Imperial N/A
3 4 Metric M-10 L4RTWK
3 MDL PV 3
3
Imperial
Metric

3 Notes
1 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit.
3 2 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit.
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.2
Jumpers
Jumpers must be ordered separately. Priced individually. 3
FD PV Frame 3
Maximum Catalog
Description Amperes Number 3
Single copper jumper 60 DC1F060 1
100 DC1F100 1 3
125
225
DC1F125 1
DC1F225 1
3
Package of 2 aluminum jumpers 100 DC2FD100A 3
Package of 3 aluminum jumpers 100 DC3FD100A
3
JG PVM, JG PVMD Frames
Maximum Catalog
3
3
Single aluminum jumper 250 DC1JG250A 1
Package of 2 aluminum jumpers 250 DC2JG250A 1 3
Package of 20 aluminum jumpers 250 DC20JG250A 1
3
KD PV, KD PVM, KD PVMD Frames
Maximum Catalog
3
Single copper jumper 400 DC1K400 1
3
3
3
LG PV Frame
Maximum Catalog
3
3
3
Note 3
1 Not UL Listed; Non UL listed jumpers used in a UL application may need to be qualified by the OEM in their assembly.
This may take place with UL or another certified testing agency. 3

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers

3 Thermal-magnetic circuit Two PVGard lineups
breakers
3 UL File EE350638,

Designed to meet UL 489B Category Control

for solar photovoltaic circuit Number DIUR
3 protection 600 Vdc per-pole breaker
100% rated of the and switch
3 continuous current rating Each pole rated
50C calibrated 600 Vdc
3 Can be applied in 1000 Vdc poles-in-series
grounded, ungrounded or breaker and switch
3 bi-polar systems Requires poles in
Ability to open on signal series connection
3 from DC arc or ground fault
detector
3
Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
3 600 Vdc Per-Pole
3 PVGard 600 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame

UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 600 Vdc Per-Pole
3 Circuit
Breaker Type
Minimum
Amperes
Maximum
Amperes kA Rating
3 JG PVS 90 250 1.2

KD PVS 100 400 3
3
Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
3 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series
3 PVGard 1000 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame

UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 1000 Vdc
3 Circuit
Breaker Type
Minimum
Amperes
Maximum
Amperes kA Rating
Poles in
Series
3 FD PV
KD PV
30
125
100
350
3
5
4
4
3 LG PV 250 400 5 4
MDL PV 300 600 7.5 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.2
PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)
JG PVS KD PVS
3
Number of 600 Vdc circuits 3 3
3
Maximum voltage rating 600 Vdc 600 Vdc
Ampere range 90250A 100400A 3
Interrupting capacity at 600 Vdc 1.2 kA 3 kA
Time constant 1 ms 1 ms 3
Trip unit type Thermal-magnetic Thermal-magnetic
Rated impulse withstand voltage 3
Main conducting paths 8 kV 8 kV
Auxiliary circuits 4 kV 4 kV 3
Endurance
Mechanical operations
Electrical operations
10,000
400
6000
400
3
3
Maximum switching frequency 240 per hour 240 per hour
Third-party certification UL 489B UL 489B
Environment
Design ambient temperature 50C 50C
3
Maximum current at 60C, as % of rated current 93% 93%
Maximum current at 70C, as % of rated current 85% 85% 3
Operating temperature range 20C to +50C 20C to +50C
Storage temperature range
Suitable for freeze temperatures to 40C
20C to +70C
Option
20C to +70C
Option
3
3
Relative humidity 0 to 95% noncondensing 0 to 95% noncondensing
Suitable for reverse-feed applications Yes Yes
3
Mountingpermissible mounting position
90
3
90
3
Connection diagrams 3
Terminations
Al/Cu wire TA250FJ: (1) #8350 kcmil TA300K: (1) #3350 kcmil
3
3TA251FJK1: (2) 2/0(2) 4/0 2
3TA251FJK2: (2) 2/0(2) 4/0 3
TA350K: (1) 250500 kcmil
TA403K: (2) 1/0400 kcmil
3
Cu wire T250FJ: (1) #4350 kcmil

3TA402K: (1) 500-750 kcmil 4
T300K: (1) #3350 kcmil
3
Dimensions in inches (mm) 3
Height 7.00 (177.8) 10.13 (257.3)
Width
Depth
4.13 (104.9)
3.57 (90.7)
5.50 (139.7)
4.10 (104.1) 3
3
Weight in lbs 6.6 11.42
Notes
3
1 Line/top side connection only PVGard FD PVS breakers.
2 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit.
3 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit.
4 Not UL 489B recognized size for maximum of 400A breaker. 3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)
3 FD PV KD PV LG PV MDL PV
3 Number of poles 4 4 4 3
Maximum voltage rating 1000 Vdc 1000 Vdc 1000 Vdc 1000 Vdc
3 Maximum current rating 100A 350A 400A 600A
Interrupting capacity at 1000 Vdc 3 kA 5 kA 5 kA 7.5 kA
3 Time constant 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms
3 Ampere range
Trip unit type
15100A
Thermal-magnetic
125350A
Thermal-magnetic
250400A
Thermal-magnetic
300600A
Thermal-magnetic
3 Rated impulse withstand voltage

Main conducting paths 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
3 Auxiliary circuits 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
Endurance
3 Mechanical operations 10,000 10,000 8000 8000
Electrical operations 1000 400 400 400
3 Maximum switching frequency
Third-party certification
300 per hour
UL 489B
240 per hour
UL 489B
240 per hour
UL 489B
240 per hour
UL 489B
3 Environment
Design ambient temperature 50C 50C 50C 50C
3 Maximum current at 60C, as % of rated current
Maximum current at 70C, as % of rated current
91%
88%
91%
88%
93%
88%
93%
88%
3 Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range
20C to +50C
20C to +70C
20C to +50C
20C to +70C
20C to +50C
20C to +70C
20C to +50C
20C to +70C
Suitable for freeze temperatures to 40C Option Option Option Option
3 Relative humidity 0 to 95% noncondensing 0 to 95% noncondensing 0 to 95% noncondensing 0 to 95% noncondensing
Suitable for reverse-feed applications Yes Yes Yes Yes
3 Mountingpermissible mounting position
3
3

90
90
90
90

3
3
Connection diagrams 1 2
3
3
3
3
Load
Load
(A)
3 Terminations
Al/Cu wire #6300 kcmil (2) 3/0250 kcmil (2) #2500 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil
3 Cu wire #44/0 (2) 3/0250 kcmil (2) #2500 kcmil (3) 3/0300 kcmil
3 Dimensions in inches (mm)

Height 6.00 (152.4) 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) 16.00 (406.4)
3 Width
Depth
5.50 (139.7)
3.38 (85.9)
7.22 (183.4)
4.09 (103.9)
7.22 (183.4)
4.09 (103.9)
8.25 (209.5)
4.06 (103.1)
3
Weight in lbs 6 20 20 29
Notes
3 1 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
2 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
3
3
Specialty Breakers
3.2
Dimensions
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers600 Vdc Per-Pole 3
Number of
Circuits in 3
Frame a Frame Width Height Depth
JG PVS 3 4.13 (104.9) 7.00 (177.8) 3.44 (87.4) 3
KD PVS 3 5.49 (139.4) 10.13 (257.2) 4.31 (109.6)
3
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series
3
Number
Frame of Poles Width Height Depth
3
FD PV 4 5.50 (139.7) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0)
KD PV 4 7.22 (183.4) 10.13 (257.3) 4.09 (103.9) 3
LG PV 4 7.22 (183.4) 10.13 (257.3) 4.09 (103.9)
MDL PV 3 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 4.06 (103.1) 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Specialty Breakers
Wiring Diagrams
3
Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application 12
3
JF PVS, KD PVS600 Vdc Per-Pole
3
3
3
3 Load
3 Suitable for grounded or ungrounded systems.

Suitable for quantity (3) 600 Vdc circuits.
3
FD PV, KD PV, LG PV1000 Vdc MaximumFour Poles-in-Series
3
3
3
3
3 Load
Load
(A)
3 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
3 grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
3 MDL PV1000 Vdc MaximumThree Poles in Series
3 Load
3
3
3
3 Load
(A)
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
3 systems that have one end of load (A) connected to
3 Notes
1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC.
3 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.
3
3
3
3
3
3
DC Switch Disconnectors
3.3
Contents
Description
3
DC Switch Disconnectors 3
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-30
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-37
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
DC Switch Disconnectors 3
Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications 3
Switch disconnectors NDC Switch disconnectors for Switch disconnectors N IEC/EN 60947-3
in the special version for up to nominal system voltage up can be combined with Main switch characteristics 3
1500 Vdc can be used on to 1500 Vdc voltage releases NZM...- including positive drive to
single- or two-poles. They
comply with the isolation
Suitable for cabinets with XU, NZM...-XA and
auxiliary contacts, as well
IEC/EN 60204 and 3
ambient temperatures up VDE 0113
properties for earthed IT
networks. Accessories, such
to 70C
Main switch before DC/AC
as with remote operator
NZM...-XR
Isolating characteristics to
IEC/EN 60947 and
3
as bridge kits, connection For DC switching, series
3

converter fulfills NEC VDE 0660
terminals and door coupling requirements connection of all four
rotary handles, enable
Busbar tag shroud to
current paths is needed
Safely switching in VDE 0160 Part 100
3

individual installation in the Standard equipment:
most varied types of combiner boxes enables
effective operation in case screw-type connection,
distribution systems. Auxiliary
switches, voltage releases of maintenance with frame terminal available 3
breaking capacity under as an option
and remote operators
facilitate signalling and load up to 4x nominal For non-earthed networks 3
automation. current (e.g., IT), the installation
Bi-directional functionality must be configured such
that the likelihood of a
3
of switch contacts for array
protection suitable for
grounded or ungrounded
double earth fault is
negligibly small 3
systems Switches can not be
3

combined with
withdrawable units and/or
connection on rear 3
N4-4-...S15-DC supply from
the bottom only 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Product Selection
3
3 Switch Disconnectors for 1000/1500 Vdc, Single- and Two-Pole
3 Rated Operational
Current Rated = Short-Circuit
1000 Vdc
Fixed Mounted
1500 Vdc
Fixed Mounted
Uninterrupted Protective
3 Current
In = Iu
Device Fuse
gR-Characteristic
Screw Units per
Connection Package
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3 N2-4 160A 200A S 1 N2-4-160-S1-DC N2-4-160-S15-DC

200A 200A S 1 N2-4-200-S1-DC N2-4-200-S15-DC
3 250A 200A S 1 N2-4-250-S1-DC N2-4-250-S15-DC
3
3
N3-4 320A 500A S 1 N3-4-320-S1-DC N3-4-320-S15-DC
3 400A 500A S 1 N3-4-400-S1-DC N3-4-400-S15-DC
500A 500A S 1 N3-4-500-S1-DC N3-4-500-S15-DC
3 550A 500A S 1 N3-4-550-S1-DC N3-4-550-S15-DC
3
3
3 N4-4 800A S 1 N4-4-800-S1-DC N4-4-800-S15-DC
3 1000A S 1 N4-4-1000-S1-DC N4-4-1000-S15-DC

1250A S 1 N4-4-1250-S1-DC N4-4-1250-S15-DC
3 1400A S 1 N4-4-1400-S1-DC N4-4-1400-S15-DC
3
1600A S 1 N4-4-1600-S1-DC N4-4-1600-S15-DC
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.3
Bridge Kits
3
Two-Pole (+ and ) on
One Side 3
Each link connects two
contacts in series 3
Incoming unit and outgoing
at bottom according to the 3
switching diagrams
N4-4-... 1250A at 65C 3
alternate connection at
Model contains parts for
upper or lower row of
bottom through module
plates NZM4-4-XKM2S-
3
switchgear side for four-
pole switches N...-S1(S15)-
1600
N4-4-...S15-DC supply from
3
DC that are used as
two-pole switches for DC
the bottom only
3
3
Bridge Kits NZM...-XKV...2P...
Rated Operational Protection Units Per Catalog
3
3
Current In Class For Use With Package Number
Bridge Kits Including Cover

225A at 40C
170A at 65C
IP2X N2-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM2-4-XKV2P 3
250A at 40C
190A at 65C
IP2X N2-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 11 NZM2-4-XKV2P-K
3
517A at 40C
435A at 65C
IP2X N3-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM3-4-XKV2P
3
550A at 40C
468A at 65C
3
3
1400A at 40C IP2X N4-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM4-4-XKV2P
1260A at 65C
Including Insulation Plates and Phase Separator
238A at 40C IP00 N2-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM2-4-XKVI2P
3
180A at 65C
250A at 40C IP00 N2-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 11 NZM2-4-XKVI2P-K 3
213A at 65C
534A at 40C IP00 N3-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM3-4-XKVI2P 3
451A at 65C
550A at 40C IP00 N3-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 11 NZM3-4-XKVI2P-K 3
501A at 65C
1600A at 40C IP00 N4-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 11 NZM4-4-XKV2P-K 3
1500A at 65C
Note 3
1 Includes cooling unit.
Detailed assignment taking into account ambient temperature, degree of protection and fitting position as listed 3
in tables on Pages V15-T3-34 and V15-T3-35.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Two-Pole (+ and )
Double Sided
Each link connects three
3 contacts in series
3 Incoming unit and outgoing

at bottom or top, according
to the switching diagrams
3
3 Model contains parts for
upper and lower row of
3 switchgear side for four-
pole switches N...-S1(S15)-
DC that are used as
3 two-pole switches for DC
3
3 Bridge Kits
Bridge Kits NZM...-XKV...2POU...
3
Including Cover
3 200A at 40C
160A at 65C
IP2X N2-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM2-4-XKV2POU
3 225A at 40C
170A at 65C
IP2X N2-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 11 NZM2-4-XKV2POU-K
3 400A at 40C
388A at 65C
IP2X N3-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM3-4-XKV2POU
3 517A at 40C
435A at 65C
IP2X N3-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 11 NZM3-4-XKV2POU-K
3
Including Insulation Plates and Phase Separator
213A at 40C IP00 N2-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM2-4-XKVI2POU
160A at 65C
3 238A at 40C IP00 N2-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 11 NZM2-4-XKVI2POU-K
180A at 65C
3 501A at 40C IP00 N3-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM3-4-XKVI2POU
418A at 65C
3 534A at 40C IP00 N3-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 11 NZM3-4-XKVI2POU-K
451A at 65C
3 Note
3
Detailed assignment taking into account ambient temperature, degree of protection and fitting position as listed
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.3
3
Single-Pole (+ and )
Double Sided 3
Each link connects four
contacts in series (plus 3
or minus)
Incoming unit and outgoing 3
at bottom or top, according
to the switching diagrams 3
Model contains parts for
upper and lower row of
3
switchgear side for four-
pole switches N...-S1(S15)- 3
DC that are used as single-
pole switches for DC 3
3
Bridge Kits
Bridge Kits NZM...-XKV...1P...
3
3
Including Cover
200A at 40C
160A at 65C
IP2X N2-4-160(200)S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM2-4-XKV1P 3
225A at 40C
170A at 65C
3
400A at 40C
388A at 65C
IP2X N3-4-320-S1(S15)-DC 1 NZM3-4-XKV1P
3
517A at 40C
435A at 65C
IP2X N3-4-400(500)-S1(S15)-DC 11 NZM3-4-XKV1P-K
3
3
Including Insulation Plates
213A at 40C IP00 N2-4-...S1-(S15)-DC 1 NZM2-4-XKVI1P
160A at 65C
238A at 40C IP00 N2-4-200(250)-S1-(S15)-DC 11 NZM2-4-XKVI1P-K
3
180A at 65C
501A at 40C IP00 N3-4-...-S1(S15)-DC 1 NZM3-4-XKVI1P 3
418A at 65C
534A at 40C IP00 N3-4-500(550)-S1(S15)-DC 11 NZM3-4-XKVI1P-K 3
451A at 65C
Note
3
Detailed assignment taking into account ambient temperature, degree of protection and fitting position as listed 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3 Reduction of the rated
operating current (derating)
3 at different ambient
temperatures, fitting
3 positions, degrees of
protection and jumper kits.
3
3 Temperature Impact, Derating
Rated Operating Current Amperes
3 Fitting
Position
3 Load Disconnector Touch
Load
Disconnector
Switch Protection Jumper Kit Switch
3
20C 30C 35C 40C 45C 50C 55C 60C 65C 70C
N2-4-160-S1(15)-DC IP2X NZM2-4-XKV2P Vertical 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
NZM2-3-XKV2POU-K
3 NZM2-3-XKV1P-K
IP00 NZM2-4-XKVI2P Horizontal 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
3 NZM2-3-XKVI2POU-K
NZM2-3-XKVI1P-K
3 IP2X NZM2-3-XKV1P-K
NZM2-4-XKV2P
Vertical 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 152
Vertical 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 152 144
3 N2-4-200-S1(15)DC IP00 NZM2-4-XKVI2P-K Vertical 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
Horizontal 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 190
3 IP2X NZM2-4-XKV2P-K Vertical 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 190 180
3 IP00 NZM2-4-XKVI2P
NZM2-4-XKVI2POU-K
Horizontal 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 190 180 170
NZM2-4-XKVI1P-K
3 IP2X NZM2-4-XKV2P Vertical 200 200 200 200 200 200 190 180 170 160
NZM2-4-XKV2POU-K
3 NZM2-4-XKV1P-K
IP00 NZM2-4-XKVI2POU Horizontal 200 200 200 200 200 190 180 170 160
3 IP2X
NZM2-4-XKVI1P
NZM2-4-XKV2POU Vertical 200 200 200 200 190 180 170 160
3 NZM2-4-XKV1P
Horizontal 200 200 200 190 180 170 160
N2-4-250-S1(15)-DC IP00 NZM2-4-XKVI2P-K Vertical 250 250 250 250 250 250 238 225 213 200
3 Horizontal 250 250 250 250 250 238 225 213 200
3
IP2X NZM2-4-XKV2P-K Horizontal 250 250 250 250 238 225 213 200
IP00 NZM2-4-XKVI2P Horizontal 250 250 250 238 225 213 200
NZM2-4-XKVI2POU-K
3 NZM2-4-XKVI1P-K
IP2X NZM2-4-XKV2P Vertical 250 250 238 225 213 200
3 NZM2-4-XKV2POU-K
NZM2-4-XKV1P-K
3 IP00 NZM2-4-XKVI2POU
NZM2-4-XKVI1P
Horizontal 250 238 225 213 200
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.3
Temperature Impact, Derating, continued
Rated Operating Current Amperes
3
Fitting
Position 3
Load
Load Disconnector
Switch
Touch
Protection Jumper Kit
Disconnector
Switch 20C 30C 35C 40C 45C 50C 55C 60C 65C 70C
3
N3-4-320-S1(15)-DC IP2X NZM3-4-XKV2P
NZM3-4-XKV2POU
Vertical 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320
3
NZM3-4-XKV1P
IP00 NZM3-4-XKVI2P Horizontal 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 3
NZM3-4-XKVI2POU
NZM3-4-XKVI1P 3
NZM3-4-XKV2POU-K
NZM3-4-XKV1P-K
3
IP00 NZM3-4-XKVI2P
NZM3-4-XKVI2POU
Horizontal 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 388
3
NZM3-4-XKVI1P
IPX2 NZM3-4-XKV2POU Vertical 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 388 3
3
NZM3-4-XKV1P Horizontal 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 388 376
Horizontal 500 500 500 500 500 485 470 455 440 425
3
IP2X NZM3-4-XKV2P-K Vertical 500 500 500 500 485 470 455 440 425 410
IP00 NZM3-4-XKVI2P Horizontal 500 500 500 485 470 455 440 425 410 400 3
NZM3-4-XKVI2POU-K
IP2X
NZM3-4-XKVI1P-K
NZM3-4-XKV2P Vertical 500 500 485 470 455 440 425 410 400
3
3
NZM3-4-XKV2POU-K
NZM3-4-XKV1P-K
IP00 NZM3-4-XKVI2POU Horizontal 500 485 470 455 440 425 410 400
NZM3-4-XKVI1P 3
Horizontal 550 550 550 550 550 534 517 501 484 468 3
IP2X
IP00
NZM3-4-XKV2P-K
NZM3-4-XKVI2P
Vertical
Horizontal
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
534
534
517
517
501
501
484
484
468
468
451
451
435
3
3
NZM3-4-XKVI2POU-K
NZM3-4-XKVI1P-K
IP2X NZM3-4-XKV2P Vertical 550 550 534 517 501 484 468 451 435 418
NZM3-4-XKV2POU-K 3
NZM3-4-XKV1P-K
IP00 NZM3-4-XKVI2POU
NZM3-4-XKVI1P
Horizontal 550 534 517 501 484 468 451 435 418 402 3
N4-4-800-S1(15)-DC IP2X NZM4-4-XKV2P Vertical 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 3
Horizontal 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
N4-4-1000-S1(15)-DC IP2X NZM4-4-XKV2P Vertical 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 3
Horizontal 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
3
Horizontal 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
3
N4-4-1400-S1(15)-DC IP00 NZM4-4-XKV2P-K Vertical 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
Horizontal 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 3
IP2X NZM4-4-XKV2P Vertical 1400 1400 1400 1400 1358 1330 1302 1274 1260
Horizontal 1400 1400 1400 1358 1330 1302 1274 1260 3
3
N4-4-1600-S1(15)-DC IP00 NZM4-4-XKV2P-K Vertical 1600 1600 1600 1600 1576 1552 1528 1512 1500 1472
Horizontal 1600 1600 1600 1576 1552 1528 1512 1500 1472 1448
3
3
3
Switch Disconnectors 1000 Vdc

3 N2-4-...-S1-DC N3-4-...-S1-DC N4-4-...-S1-DC
Description Max. 250A Max. 550A Max. 1600A
3 Rated operational voltage Ue Vdc 1000 1000 1000
3 Rated insulation voltage Ui Vdc 1000 1000 1000

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
3 Main contacts
Auxiliary contacts
V
V
8000
6000
8000
6000
8000
6000
3 Category of utilization
Rated uninterrupted current with terminal jumpers
DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A
3
at 40C Iu A 250 550 1600
at 65C Iu A 250 500 1500
Rated operating current Ie A 250 550 1600
3 Rated switch-on and switch-off capacity A 1200 2200 6400
Rated short-time withstand current t = 1s Icw kA 3, 6 6, 6 25 (0, 1s)
3 Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq kA 15 15
With backup fuse up to 1000V A gR/gPV 200 2 x 250
3 Maximum operating frequency S/h 120 60 60
3
Lifespan
Mechanical Operations 20,000 15,000 10,000
Electrical (of which max. 50% trip by N/U release) Operations 1000 1000 500
3 Overvoltage category III III III
Degree of pollution 3 3 3
3 Power loss at rated current Iu A 160 200 250 320 400 500 550 800 1000 1250 1600
Load disconnector switch P W 27 42 66 62 96 150 182 81 127 177 290
3 Jumper kit for each jumper fitted P W 1 1, 5 2 4 6 9, 5 11 0, 6 1 1, 6 2, 6
3
Switch Disconnectors 1500 Vdc
3 Description
N2-4-...-S15-DC
Max. 250A
N3-4-...-S15-DC
Max. 550A
N4-4-...-S15-DC
Max. 1600A
3 Rated operational voltage Ue Vdc 1500 1500 1500

Rated insulation voltage Ui Vdc 1500 1500 1500
3 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Main contacts V 10,000 10,000 10,000
3 Auxiliary contacts V 6000 6000 6000
Category of utilization DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A
3 Rated uninterrupted current with terminal jumpers
at 40C Iu A 250 550 1600
3 at 65C
Rated operating current
Iu
Ie
A
A
250
250
500
550
1500
1600
3 Rated switch-on and switch-off capacity

Rated short-time withstand current t = 1s Icw
A
kA
1200
3, 6
2200
6, 6
6400
25 (0, 1s)
3 Maximum operating frequency S/h 120 60 60

Lifespan
3 Mechanical
Electrical (of which max. 50% trip by N/U release)
Operations
Operations
20,000
1000
15,000
1000
10,000
500
3 Overvoltage category
Degree of pollution
III
2
III
2
III
3
3 Power loss at rated current

Load disconnector switch
Iu
P
A
W
160
27
200
42
250
66
320
62
400
96
500
150
550
182
800
81
1000 1250 1600
127 177 290
3
Jumper kit for each jumper fitted P W 1 1, 5 2 4 6 9, 5 11 0, 6 1 1, 6 2, 6
Note: N...S1-DC and N...S15-DC cannot be combined with plug-in or withdrawable units and/or in case of rear connection.
3
3
3
3
3.3
Dimensions
3
Central Fitting Position IT Network Including the
Possibility of a Double- Switch Disconnectors, Four-Pole N2-4...DC
3
Ground Fault
5.86 3
90 0.98 4.06 (149.0)
3
3.54 (103.0) 0.20
(90.0) (25.0)
(5.0)
21 2.76 0.77 0.96
90 (70.0) (19.5) M8
x 22
(24.5) 0.12
(3.0)
3
90
7.24 3.15 3
24
90 3 (184.0) (80.0)
R1
3
N 3.74
3.94 5.71 (95.0)
(100.0) (145.0)
In ungrounded networks (for 5.31
3
2.85
example, IT) the installation (135.0) (72.5) 90
has to be done in a way to
keep the likelihood of a
1.38 3.54 M4 x 85/20
3
double-ground fault (35.0)
SW5 3.10
(90.0)
3
0.20
neglectably low. (5.0)
1 2 (78.7)
5.51 0.20
Depending on the use of (140.0) (5.0)
jumper kits and on the layout Blowout area, minimum clearance to other parts. 3
of the single- or two-pole Minimum clearance to adjacent parts.
circuit, the following
maximum rated operating
3
voltage levels have to be
respected to make sure Jumper Kit, NZM2-4-XKVI... 3
thateven in case of a
double-ground faultsafe
4.80
(122.0)
3.35
3
switch-on and switch-off is
3
(85.0)
possible in accordance with 1
2 3.54 3.96
utilization category DC22-A. 2.74
(90.0) (100.5)
3
(69.6)
Rated Operating Voltage
Ue Maximum IT Network
7.24
(184.0) 6.30 3
(160.0)
3
15.16
(385.0)
3.54 3
2 (90.0)
500 Vdc 0.20
1
3
(5.0) 0.20
5.51 1.24
(140.0)
8.27
(5.0) (31.5) 2.34
(59.5)
3
(210.0)
3
1000 Vdc
3
3
3
3
3
1500 Vdc
3
3
3

3
Jumper Kit, NZM2-4-XKV... Switch Disconnectors, Four-Pole, N3-4...DC
3
3.35 6.54
3 1
0.98
(25.0)
(85.0)
4.72
(166.0)
4.74
(120.0) (120.5) 0.20
3 2
3.54 3.27
2 1 3.54
(90.0)
0.81
(20.5)
1.22
(31.0)
(5.0)
1.16
(29.5)
(90.0) (83.0) 3.27 M10 x 30
3 (83.0)
1.10
4.86 (28.0)
3
R 205
3 (123.4)
6.30 N
7.24 (160.0) 10.8 3.74
5.31
(184.0) 13.74 (275.0) (95.0)
3
(135.0)
(349.0) 9.21
(234.0)
3
8.50 4.61
(216.0) (117.0)
90
3 3.54
(90.0) 1.77 SW5 4.72 M5 x 75
2
3
(45.0)
0.20 1 2 (120.0) 2.74
1 1.38 (5.0)
7.28 0.20 (69.7)
(35.0)
3 0.20
(5.0)
0.20
(5.0)
(185.0) (5.0)
5.51 Blowout area, minimum clearance to other parts.

3 (140.0)
Minimum clearance to adjacent parts.
3 Jumper Kit, NZM3-4-XKV... Jumper Kit, NZM3-4-XKVI...

3 4.06 6.25 6.71 4.53
(103.0) (158.8) (170.5) (115.1)
3
1.77 (45.0)
4.72 1.22
1 (120.0) (31.0) 6.38
1
3
2 2 (162.0) 7.26 7.54
5.08 4.72 (184.5) (191.6)
4.53
(115.0) (129.0) 4.15 (120.0)
3 (105.5)
M10 x 35
3 19.88
10.83 24.25 9.73
(505.0)
3
9.72 (616.0) (247.1)
(275.0)
10.83 (247.0)
(275.0)
3
3.62
3 4.72 4.72
(120.0)
(91.9)
(120.0)
3 0.20
(5.0)
2 1 2
1 2.83
7.28 0.20
3 (185.0) (5.0)
Blowout area, minimum clearance to other parts.
7.28
(185.0)
(71.8)
0.20 0.20
3 Minimum clearance to adjacent parts. (5.0)
12.80
(325.0)
(5.0)
3 Blowout area, minimum clearance to other parts.

3
3
3
3
3
3.3
3
Switch Disconnectors, Four-Pole, N4-4...DC Jumper Kit, NZM4-4-XKV2P-K
3.17
3
5.51 8.15
3
3.94 (207.0) 9.45 (80.5)
(140.0)
2 (100.0) 5.43 0.31 (240.0)
1.73
1 (138.0) (8.0)
(44.0)
3
1.30 NZM4-4-XKV2P-K
(33.0)
7.91
4.25
(108.0) 6.75 4.69
(201.0) 3
(171.5) (119.0)
7.09 3
12.32
(313.0)
0.83 24.13 3
(180.0) N 3.44 (21.0) (613.0)
15.79
(401.0)
(87.5)
4.61
25.47 3
0.59 (647.0)
90 (117.0)
(15.0)
2
M5 x
110 3
0.59
3
2.76 0.41 0.51
(15.0) (70.0) 3.94 3.94
(10.5) (13.0)
1.77 (100.0) (100.0)
(45.0) 11.02 0.98
(280.0) (25.0)
NZM4-4-XKM2S-1600
3
2.20
1.26 0.63 (56.0) 0.79
3
Blowout area, minimum clearance to other parts.
(32.0) (16.0) (20.0)
690V: 3.94 (100.0) 1.30
1500V: 7.87 (200.0) (33.0)
2.76
1000V: 0.59 (15.0)
1.97
(50.0)
(70.0) 3
1500V: 2.76 (70.0) 11.02
(280.0)
3
Jumper Kit, NZM4-4-XKV2P 3
3
11.02 4.92
(280.0) (125.0)
3
NZM4-4-XKV2P
4.27
(108.5)
18.35
(466.0)
M10 x 60
SW 16
3
20.55
(522.0)
3
6.75
(171.5)
3
0.51
(13.0)
3
3
SW 16
2.20 NZM4-4-XKM2S-1600
1.26 0.63 (56.0) 0.79
3
(32.0) (16.0) 1.30 (20.0)
2.76 (33.0)
1.97 (70.0)
(50.0)
11.02
(280.0) 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4 DC Switches
Contents
3 600 Vdc and 1000 Vdc Disconnects
Description
3 DC Switches
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 DC Switches
Eatons new offering of PV
3 switches have multiple poles
factory-wired, and they are
3 approved for NEC Article 690
applications right from the
3 box. Other manufacturers
require the contractor to add
jumpers to a two- or three-
3 pole switch, add a neutral,
and add labels to meet this
3 requirement. For fusible
switches, the new Eaton PV
3 switch requires only one fuse
per switchsaving the
customer at least one fuse
3 on each switch.
3 For more information on

Eaton's DC Switches, please
3 see Tab 2.4 of this catalog.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
DC Switched Combiners
3.5
Contents
DC Switched Combiners
Description
3
DC Switched Combiners 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
DC Switched Combiners 3
The Eaton switched combiner
(ESC) unites Eatons 600 Vdc 3
solar disconnect and source-
combiner box in one
convenient enclosure (1000
3
Vdc Switched Combiners
available late 2012). 3
For more information on
Eatons DC Switched
3
Combiners, please see
Tab 2.5 of this catalog. 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.6 Dry-Type Distribution Transformers
Encapsulated Transformers
Contents
3 Dry-Type Transformer Family
Description Page
3 Encapsulated Transformers
Ventilated Transformers/
3 Open Core-Coil Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-43
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Encapsulated Transformers
Eatons family of Please refer to Volume 2
3 encapsulated transformers Commercial Distribution,
is ideally suited for harsh CA08100003E, Tab 2 for
3 outdoor environments.
Their standard enclosure is
more information.
3 NEMA 3R rated, and are

also available in NEMA 3R
stainless steel, or NEMA 4X
3 enclosures. The core and
coil assembly is completely
3 embedded in a sand and
resin compound that seals
3 out moisture and other
contaminants.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Dry-Type Distribution Transformers
Ventilated Transformers/Open Core-Coil Assemblies
3.6
Contents
Dry-Type Transformer Family
Description Page
3
Encapsulated Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-42 3
Ventilated Transformers/
Open Core-Coil Assemblies 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Ventilated Transformers/Open Core-Coil Assemblies 3
Eaton offers a complete In addition to these standard
line of ventilated and totally products, Eaton also offers 3
enclosed non-ventilated custom design capabilities
transformers, in a variety of
K-factor ratings and efficiency
to meet the specific
requirements of the solar
3
levels. Please refer to
Volume 2Commercial
industry. We offer special
dimensions and layouts to 3
Distribution, CA08100003E, meet a specific customers
Tab 2 for additional needs. We can also design 3
information on Eatons transformers to meet CEC
standard product offering. weighted-efficiency levels, or
other efficiency levels if
3
necessary. Please contact
your local Eaton
3
representative for additional
information on Eatons 3
custom design capabilities.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
AC Power Distribution
Eaton offers a full range of AC power distribution products to help you complete your electrical
Magnum DS Switchgear
system. This table of contents provides references to other catalogs in our library where you can 4
access selection and technical data for these products.
4
Low Voltage Switchboards 4
Refer to Volume 2Commercial Distribution,
CA08100003E, Tab 4Switchboards 4
Low Voltage Switchgear 4
Refer to Volume 3Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E, Tab 4Low Voltage Switchgear 4
Medium Voltage Switchgear 4
Indoor Type VCP-W Metal-Clad

CA08100004E, Tab 7Medium Voltage Switchgear 4
Switchgear Assembly (5/15 kV shown) Transformers
4
Refer to Consulting Application Guide,
CA08104001E, Tab 16Substation Transformers
4
AC Metering
4
CA08100004E, Tab 9Metering Devices, Protective Relays,
Software and Connectivity 4
AC Monitoring 4
Refer to Volume 5Motor Control and Protection,
CA08100006E, Tab 5Motor Protection and Monitoring 4
Power Xpert Software 4
CA08100004E, Tab 9Metering Devices, Protective Relays,
Software and Connectivity
4
Other Services 4
Metering Products Family
Refer to Consulting Application Guide,
CA08104001E, Tab 41Power System Studies, 4
Field Services (E-ESS)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EAugust 2013 eaton.com/solar V15-T4-1
Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008
Eaton Terms & Conditions Contents

Description Page
Terms and Conditions of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-A1-1
Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-A1-2
Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-A1-3
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-A1-3
Selling Policy (Supersedes Selling Policy 25-000, dated February 20, 2006)
Terms and Conditions of Sale
The Terms and Conditions of THE CONTRACT FOR SALE Quotations Termination and Cancellation
Sale set forth herein, and any OF THE PRODUCTS OR Written quotations are valid Any order may be terminated
supplements which may be SERVICES IS EXPRESSLY for 30 days from its date by the Buyer only by written
attached hereto, constitute LIMITED TO THE TERMS unless otherwise stated in notice and upon payment
the full and final expression AND CONDITIONS OF SALE the quotation or terminated of reasonable termination
of the contract for the sale STATED HEREIN. ANY sooner by notice. charges, including all costs
of products or services ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT plus profit.
(hereinafter referred to as TERMS PROPOSED BY Verbal quotations, unless
Product(s) or Services by BUYER ARE REJECTED accepted, expire the same Seller shall have the right to
Eaton Corporation UNLESS EXPRESSLY day they are made. cancel any order at any time
(hereinafter referred to as AGREED TO IN WRITING BY by written notice if Buyer
A complete signed order breaches any of the terms
Seller) to the Buyer, and SELLER. No contract shall
must be received by Seller hereof, becomes the subject
supersedes all prior exist except as herein
within 20 calendar days of of any proceeding under state
quotations, purchase orders, provided.
notification of award, or federal law for the relief
correspondence or otherwise the price and
communications whether Complete Agreement of debtors, or otherwise
shipment will be subject to becomes insolvent or
written or oral between the No amendment or re-negotiation.
Seller and the Buyer. modification hereto nor any bankrupt, generally does not
Notwithstanding any contrary statement, representation or pay its debts as they become
language in the Buyers warranty not contained herein due or makes an assignment
purchase order, shall be binding on the Seller for the benefit of creditors.
correspondence or other unless made in writing by an
form of acknowledgment, authorized representative of
Buyer shall be bound by the Seller. Prior dealings,
these Terms and Conditions usage of the trade or a course
of Sale when it sends a of performance shall not be
purchase order or otherwise relevant to determine the
indicates acceptance of this meaning of this contract even
contract, or when it accepts though the accepting or
delivery from Seller of the acquiescing party had
Products or Services. knowledge of the nature
of the performance and
opportunity for objection.
Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EAugust 2013 eaton.com/solar V1-A1-1
Prices If the Buyer initiates or in Terms of Payment

All prices are subject to any way causes delays Products Except for work performed (i)
change without notice. In the in shipment, provision of under a firm fixed price basis
Services or return of approval Acceptance of all orders is
event of a price change, the subject to the Buyer meeting or (ii) pursuant to terms of a
effective date of the change drawings beyond the periods previously priced existing
stated above, the price of the Sellers credit requirements.
will be the date of the new Terms of payment are subject contract between Seller and
price or discount sheet, letter Products or Services will be Buyer, invoices for work
increased 1% per month to change for failure to meet
or telegram. All quotations such requirements. Seller performed by Seller shall
made or orders accepted or fraction thereof up to a have added and noted on
maximum of 18 months from reserves the right at any time
after the effective date will be to demand full or partial each invoice a charge of 3%
on the new basis. For existing the date of the Buyers order. (over and above the price of
For delays resulting in payment before proceeding
orders, the price of the with a contract of sale as a the work) which is related
unshipped portion of an order shipment or provision of to Seller compliance with
Services beyond 18 months result of changes in the
will be the price in effect at financial condition of the present and proposed
time of shipment. from the date of the Buyers environmental, health, and
order, the price must be Buyer. Terms of Payment are
either Net 30 days from the safety regulations associated
Price PolicyProducts and renegotiated. with prescribed requirements
Services date of invoice of each
shipment or carry a cash covering hazardous materials
When prices are quoted as Price PolicyBLS management and employee
discount based on Product
firm for quoted shipment, they Refer to Price Policy 25-050. training, communications,
type. Specific payment terms
are firm provided the following for Products are outlined in personal protective
conditions are met: Minimum Billing equipment, documentation
the applicable Product
Orders less than $1,000 will discount schedules. and record keeping
1. The order is released be assessed a shipping and associated therewith.
with complete handling charge of 5% of the
engineering details. Services
price of the order, with a Adequate Assurances
Terms of payment are net
2. Shipment of Products are minimum charge of $25.00 If, in the judgment of Seller,
within 30 days from date of
made, and Services unless noted differently on the financial condition of the
invoice for orders amounting
purchased are provided Product discount sheets. Buyer, at any time during the
to less than $50,000.00.
within the quoted period of the contract, does
lead time. Taxes Terms of payment for orders not justify the terms of
The price does not include exceeding $50,000.00 shall payment specified, Seller
3. When drawings for any taxes. Buyer shall be be made according to the may require full or partial
approval are required responsible for the payment following: payment in advance.
for any Products, the of all taxes applicable to, or
drawings applicable to arising from the transaction, 1. Twenty percent (20%) of Delayed Payment
those Products must be the Products, its sale, value, order value with the
purchase order payable If payments are not made in
returned within 30* or use, or any Services
30 days from date of accordance with these terms,
calendar days from the performed in connection
invoice. a service charge will, without
date of the original therewith regardless of prejudice to the right of Seller
mailing of the drawings the person or entity 2. Eighty percent (80%) of to immediate payment, be
by Seller. The return actually taxed. order value in equal added in an amount equal to
drawings must be
monthly payments over the lower of 1.5% per month
released for manufacture
the performance period or fraction thereof or the
and shipment and must
payable 30 days from highest legal rate on the
be marked APPROVED
date of invoice. unpaid balance.
or APPROVED AS
NOTED. Drawing
re-submittals which are
required for any other
reason than to correct
Seller errors will not
extend the 30-day period.
* 60 days for orders
through contractors
to allow time for their
review and approval
before and after
transmitting them
to their customers.
V1-A1-2 Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EAugust 2013 eaton.com/solar
Freight Warranty
Freight policy will be listed on Risk of Loss Held Orders Warranty for Products
the Product discount sheets, Risk of loss or damage to the For any order held, delayed Seller warrants that the
or at option of Seller one of Products shall pass to Buyer or rescheduled at the request Products manufactured by
the following freight terms at the F.O.B. point. of the Buyer, Seller may, at it will conform to Sellers
will be quoted. its sole option (1) require applicable specifications and
Concealed Damage payment to be based on any be free from failure due to
F.O.B.P/SFrt./Ppd. and Except in the event of F.O.B. reasonable basis, including defects in workmanship and
Invoiced but not limited to the contract
destination shipments, Seller material for one (1) year from
Products are sold F.O.B. point will not participate in any price, and any additional the date of installation of
of shipment freight prepaid settlement of claims for expenses, or cost resulting the Product or eighteen (18)
and invoiced to the Buyer. concealed damage. from such a delay; (2) store months from the date of
Products at the sole cost and shipment of the Product,
F.O.B.P/SFrt./Ppd. When shipment has been risk of loss of the Buyer; and/ whichever occurs first.
and Allowed made on an F.O.B. destination or (3) charge to the Buyer
Products sold are delivered basis, the Buyer must unpack those prices under the In the event any Product fails
F.O.B. point of shipment, immediately and, if damage is applicable price policy. to comply with the foregoing
freight prepaid and included discovered must: Payment for such price, warranty Seller will, at its
in the price. expenses and costs, in any option, either (a) repair or
1. Not move the Products replace the defective
from the point of such event, shall be due by
F.O.B. DestinationFrt./Ppd. Buyer within thirty (30) days Product, or defective part or
and Allowed examination. component thereof, F.O.B.
from date of Sellers invoice.
At Buyers option, Seller will 2. Retain shipping container Any order so held delayed or Sellers facility freight
deliver the Products F.O.B. and packing material. rescheduled beyond six (6) prepaid, or (b) credit Buyer
destination freight prepaid months will be treated as a for the purchase price of the
and 2% will be added to the 3. Notify the carrier in Buyer termination. Product. All warranty claims
net price. writing of any apparent shall be made in writing.
damage. Drawing Approval
The term freight prepaid Seller requires all non-
means that freight charges 4. Notify Seller Seller will design the conforming Products be
will be prepaid to the representative within Products in line with, in returned at Sellers expense
accessible common carrier 72 hours of delivery. Sellers judgment, good for evaluation unless
delivery point nearest the commercial practice. If at specifically stated otherwise
5. Send Seller a copy of drawing approval Buyer in writing by Seller.
destination for shipments the carriers inspection
within the United States and makes changes outside of
report. the design as covered in their This warranty does not
Puerto Rico unless noted cover failure or damage
differently on the Product specifications, Seller will then
Witness Tests/Customer be paid reasonable charges due to storage, installation,
discount sheets. For any Inspection operation or maintenance not
other destination contact and allowed a commensurate
Standard factory tests may be delay in shipping date based in conformance with Sellers
Sellers representative. witnessed by the Buyer recommendations and
on the changes made.
at Sellers factory for an industry standard practice
Shipment and Routing
additional charge calculated Drawing Re-Submittal or due to accident, misuse,
Seller shall select the point of at the rate of $2,500 per day abuse or negligence. This
origin of shipment, the When Seller agrees to do so
(not to exceed eight (8) hours) in its quotation, Seller shall warranty does not cover
method of transportation, the per Product type. Buyer may reimbursement for labor,
type of carrier equipment and provide Buyer with the first
final inspect Products at the set of factory customer gaining access, removal,
the routing of the shipment. Sellers factory for $500 per installation, temporary power
approval drawing(s) at Sellers
If the Buyer specifies a day per Product type. expense. The customer or any other expenses, which
special method of approval drawing(s) will be may be incurred in connection
Witness tests will add one (1) with repair or replacement.
transportation, type of carrier week to the scheduled delivered at the quoted
equipment, routing, or shipping date. Seller will delivery date. If Buyer This warranty does not
delivery requirement, Buyer notify Buyer fourteen (14) requests drawing changes apply to equipment not
shall pay all special freight calendar days prior to or additions after the initial manufactured by Seller.
and handling charges. scheduled witness testing factory customer approval Seller limits itself to
or inspection. In the event drawing(s) have been extending the same warranty
When freight is included in submitted by Seller, the
the price, no allowance will Buyer is unable to attend, the it receives from the supplier.
Parties shall mutually agree Seller, at its option, may
be made in lieu of assess Buyer drawing
transportation if the Buyer on a rescheduled date.
However, Seller reserves charges. Factory customer
accepts shipment at factory, approval drawing changes
warehouse, or freight station the right to deem the witness
tests waived with the right to required due to
or otherwise supplies its own misinterpretation by Seller
transportation. ship and invoice Products.
will be at Sellers expense.
Approval drawings generated
by Bid Manager are excluded
from this provision.
Extended Warranty for Products Warranty for Services Warranty for Power Systems Asbestos
If requested by the Buyer and Seller warrants that the Studies Federal Law requires that
specifically accepted in Services performed by it Seller warrants that any building or facility owners
writing by Seller, the hereunder will be performed power systems studies identify the presence,
foregoing standard warranty in accordance with generally performed by it will conform location and quantity of
for Products will be extended accepted professional to generally accepted asbestos containing material
from the date of shipment for standards. professional standards. Any (hereinafter ACM) at work
the period and price indicated portion of the study, which sites. Seller is not licensed to
below: The Services, which do not does not so conform, shall abate ACM. Accordingly, for
so conform, shall be be corrected by Seller upon any contract which includes
24 months2% of corrected by Seller upon notification in writing by the the provision of Services,
Contract Price notification in writing by the Buyer within six (6) months prior to (i) commencement of
30 months3% of Buyer within one (1) year after completion of the study. work at any site under a
Contract Price after completion of the All warranty work shall be specific Purchase Order, (ii) a
36 months4% of Services. performed in a single shift change in the work scope of
Contract Price Unless otherwise agreed to in straight time basis Monday any Purchase Order, the
writing by Seller, Seller through Friday. In the event Buyer will certify that the
Special Warranty (In and Out) assumes no responsibility that the study requires work area associated with the
for Products with respect to the suitability correction of warranty items Sellers scope of work
If requested by the Buyer of the Buyers, or its on an overtime schedule, includes the handling of Class
and specifically accepted in customers, equipment or the premium portion of such II ACM, including but not
writing by Seller, Seller will, with respect to any latent overtime shall be for the limited to generator wedges
during the warranty period defects in equipment not Buyers account. and high temperature gaskets
for Products, at an additional supplied by Seller. This which include asbestos
cost of 2% of the contract warranty does not cover Limitation on Warranties for materials. The Buyer shall, at
price, be responsible for the Products, Services and Power its expense, conduct
damage to Buyers, or its Systems Studies
direct cost of: customers, equipment, abatement should the
components or parts THE FOREGOING removal, handling,
1. Removing the Product WARRANTIES ARE modification or reinstallation,
resulting in whole or in part
from the installed EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR or some or all of them, of said
from improper maintenance
location. WARRANTY OF TITLE. Class II ACM be likely to
or operation or from their
deteriorated condition. Buyer SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL generate airborne asbestos
2. Transportation to the
will, at its cost, provide Seller OTHER WARRANTIES fibers; and should such
repair facility and return
with unobstructed access INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED abatement affect the cost
to the site.
to the defective Services, WARRANTIES OF of or time of performance
3. Reinstallation on site. as well as adequate free MERCHANTABILITY of the work then Seller shall
working space in the AND FITNESS FOR A be entitled to an equitable
The total liability of Seller for PARTICULAR PURPOSE. adjustment in the schedule,
this Special Warranty for immediate vicinity of the
defective Services and such price and other pertinent
Products is limited to 50% CORRECTION OF NON-
facilities and systems, affected provisions of
of the contract price of the CONFORMITIES IN THE
including, without limitation, the contract.
particular Product being MANNER AND FOR THE
repaired and excludes docks, cranes and utility PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED
disconnects and connects, Compliance with Nuclear
expenses for removing ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE Regulation
adjacent apparatus, walls, as may be necessary in order SELLERS SOLE LIABILITY
that Seller may perform its Sellers Products are sold as
piping, structures, temporary AND BUYERS EXCLUSIVE
warranty obligations. The commercial grade Products
service, etc. REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF
conducting of any tests shall SELLER TO MEET ITS not intended for application in
be mutually agreed upon and facilities or activities licensed
WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS,
Seller shall be notified of, and by the United States Nuclear
WHETHER CLAIMS OF
may be present at, all tests THE BUYER ARE BASED Regulatory Commission for
that may be made. atomic purposes. Further
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
certification will be required
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR for use of the Products in any
OTHERWISE. safety-related application in
any nuclear facility licensed
by the U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission.
V1-A1-4 Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018EAugust 2013 eaton.com/solar
Returning Products Patent Infringement Limitation of Liability

Authorization and shipping Seller will defend or, at its The preceding paragraph THE REMEDIES OF THE
instructions for the return option, settle any suit or does not apply to any claim of BUYER SET FORTH IN THIS
of any Products must be proceeding brought against infringement based upon: (a) CONTRACT ARE EXCLUSIVE
obtained from Seller before Buyer, or Buyers customers, any modification made to a AND ARE ITS SOLE
returning the Products. to the extent it is based upon Product other than by Seller; REMEDIES FOR ANY
a claim that any Product or (b) any design and/or FAILURE OF SELLER
When return is occasioned part thereof, manufactured by specifications of Buyer to TO COMPLY WITH ITS
due to Seller error, full credit Seller or its subsidiaries and which a Product was OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.
including all transportation furnished hereunder, manufactured; or (c) the use
charges will be allowed. infringes any United States or combination of Product NOTWITHSTANDING
patent, other than a claim of with other products where ANY PROVISION IN THIS
Product Notices infringement based upon use CONTRACT TO THE
the Product does not itself
Buyer shall provide the user of a Product or part thereof in infringe. As to the above- CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT
(including its employees) of a process, provided Seller is identified claim situations SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE
the Products with all Seller notified in reasonable time where the preceding IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
supplied Product notices, and given authority, paragraph does not apply, (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
warnings, instructions, information and assistance Buyer shall defend and hold OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
recommendations, and (at Sellers expense) for the Seller harmless in the same OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE
similar materials. defense of same. Seller shall manner and to the extent as TO PROPERTY OR
pay all legal and court costs Sellers obligations described EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN
Force Majeure and expenses and court- in the preceding paragraph. PRODUCTS SOLD
Seller shall not be liable for assessed damages awarded Buyer shall be responsible for HEREUNDER, LOSS OF
failure to perform or delay therein against Buyer obtaining (at Buyers PROFITS OR REVENUE,
in performance due to fire, resulting from or incident to expense) all license rights LOSS OF USE OF
flood, strike or other labor such suit or proceeding. In required for Seller to be able PRODUCTS, COST OF
difficulty, act of God, act of addition to the foregoing, if at to use software products in CAPITAL, CLAIMS OF
any governmental authority or any time Seller determines the possession of Buyer CUSTOMERS OF THE
of the Buyer, riot, embargo, there is a substantial question where such use is required in BUYER OR ANY SPECIAL,
fuel or energy shortage, car of infringement of any United order to perform any Service INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
shortage, wrecks or delays in States patent, and the use of for Buyer. CONSEQUENTIAL
transportation, or due to any such Product is or may be DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
other cause beyond Sellers enjoined, Seller may, at its With respect to a Product or
part thereof not manufactured REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
reasonable control. In the option and expense: either (a) SUCH POTENTIAL
event of delay in performance procure for Buyer the right to by Seller or its subsidiaries,
Seller will attempt to obtain DAMAGES ARE
due to any such cause, the continue using and selling the FORESEEABLE OR IF
date of delivery or time for Product; (b) replace the for Buyer, from the supplier(s),
the patent indemnification SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED
completion will be extended Product with non-infringing OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
by a period of time reasonably apparatus; (c) modify the protection normally provided
by the supplier(s) to SUCH DAMAGES.
necessary to overcome the Product so it becomes non-
effect of such delay. infringing; or (d) as a last customers. THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE
resort, remove the Product LIABILITY OF SELLER
Liquidated Damages and refund the purchase ARISING FROM OR
Contracts which include price, equitably adjusted for RELATED TO THIS
liquidated damage clauses for use and obsolescence. In no CONTRACT WHETHER
failure to meet shipping or job case does Seller agree to pay THE CLAIMS ARE BASED
completion promises are not any recovery based upon its IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
acceptable or binding on Buyers savings or profit (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
Seller, unless such clauses through use of Sellers OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
are specifically accepted in Products whether the use be OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT
writing by an authorized special or ordinary. The EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE
representative of the Seller at foregoing states the entire PRODUCT OR SERVICES
its headquarters office. liability of Seller for patent ON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY
infringement. IS BASED.
Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index
A KT. . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8
AAL . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
AA1 . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 L
ALM . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 LGE . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8
AUX . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 LGH . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-9
A1L . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 LGPV . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-18
A1X . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 LGS . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8
A2X . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 LKD . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19
LT. . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8, V15-T3-9
B LTV2. . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-28, V15-T2-48
BA20 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10 LT20. . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-28, V15-T2-40, V15-T2-44, V15-T2-48
BA25 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10 LT3. . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8
BMH . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19 LT4. . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8
BX . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-54, V15-T2-57 L4R . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
C M
CFDPV. . . . . . . . . V15-T3-18 MDLPV . . . . . . . V15-T3-18
CJGPVS. . . . . . . . V15-T3-17 MT . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10
CKDPV. . . . . . . . . V15-T3-18
CKDPVS . . . . . . . V15-T3-17 N
CLGPV. . . . . . . . . V15-T3-18 NB . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10
CMDLPV . . . . . . . V15-T3-18 NZM. . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-29V15-T3-31
N2-4 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-28
E N3-4 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-28
EGE . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-5 N4-4 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-28
EGH. . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-5
EGS . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-5 P
EZB2 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-28, V15-T2-40, V15-T2-44, V15-T2-48 PB . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10
EZTV . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-28 PLK . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19
EZT2 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-28, V15-T2-40, V15-T2-44, V15-T2-48
S
F SNT1 . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
FDPV . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-18 SNT3 . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
H T
HFD . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-6 TA10 . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10
HJD . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-7 TA12 . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10
HKD. . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8 TA3 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
HLD . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-9 TA30 . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8
HMDL . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10 TA35 . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8, V15-T3-9
TA60 . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-9
I TA7 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
IPB. . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19 TA70 . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10
TA8 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
J TA80 . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-10
JGE . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-6 T250. . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-6, V15-T3-7
JGH . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-7 T30. . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
JGPVS . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-17 T35. . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
JGS . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-7
JT3 . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-6, V15-T3-7 U
UVH . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
K UVR . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
KDPV . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-18
KDPVS. . . . . . . . . V15-T3-17 Y
KPE . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21 YS2 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-28, V15-T2-40, V15-T2-44, V15-T2-48
Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018ESeptember 2015 eaton.com/solar V1-A2-1
Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index
Numerics
3TA . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
3TA4 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8
3TA6 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-8, V15-T3-9
3T2 . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
3T20 . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-11
4TA . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
4T4 . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
4T6 . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
V1-A2-2 Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018ESeptember 2015 eaton.com/solar
Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index
A E
AC Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T4-1 Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter (3.87 kW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-2
AC Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T4-1 Eaton Terms & Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-1
Accessories Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-3
Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-5
Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers,
Direct Current Terms and Conditions of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-1
Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-12 Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2
Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-12 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-3
Undervoltage Release Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-12 Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal
Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, Charging Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-21
PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Electric Vehicle Simulator
Alarm Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 Charging Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-19
Auxiliary and Alarm Combo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
Encapsulated Transformers
Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
Dry-Type Distribution Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-40
End Cap Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
Imperial Base Mounting Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19 Endcap Kits
Interphase Barrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers,
Metric Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
Non-Padlockable Handle Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19 EZ Box and EZ Trim
PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21 Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-26V15-T2-28
Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
Undervoltage Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 G
Alarm Switch Group-Mounted Switchboards
Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards. . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-21
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 I
Auxiliary and Alarm Combo Imperial Base Mounting Hardware
Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers,
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19
Auxiliary Switch Integrated Facility Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-23
Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Interphase Barriers
Direct Current Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-12 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 L
B
Charging Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-13
Bridge Kits
DC Switch Disconnectors . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-29V15-T3-31
D
DC Disconnects
Low Voltage Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T4-1
600 Vdc Per Pole and 1000 Vdc Disconnect . . . . . . . V15-T2-16
600 Vdc Single-Pole Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-13 Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T4-1
DC Switch Disconnectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-27

M
DC Switched Combiners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-39
Medium Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T4-1
DC Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-38
Metric Base Mounting Hardware
Direct Current Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers,
Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-2 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
Dry-Type Distribution Transformers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19
Encapsulated Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-40 Modifications
Ventilated Transformers/Open Core-Coil Assemblies V15-T3-41 Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-59
Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018ESeptember 2015 eaton.com/solar V1-A3-1
Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index
N Solar (PV) Systems Interconnect
Non-Padlockable Handle Block Power Xpert Solar 250 kW Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-2

Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Solar Power Center Loadcenters and Meter Breakers . . . . V15-T1-4
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19 Solar Services
Product Group Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-70
O Solar Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-72
Other Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T4-1 Solar Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-77
Solar Renewable Analysis and Consultation . . . . . . . V15-T2-71
P Turnkey Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-75
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
Solar-Ready Loadcenters and Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-4
Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers,
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Specialty Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-19 Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Panelboards Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-2
EZ Box and EZ Trim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-26V15-T2-28
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-15
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-59
Pow-R-Line C Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-29 Switchboards
Regional Manufacturing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-68 Integrated Facility Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-23
Power Xpert Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T4-1
Power Xpert Solar 1500/1650 kW Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-8 T
Power Xpert Solar 250 kW Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-2 Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T4-1
Solar (PV) Systems Interconnect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-2
Type PRL1a
Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards
Group-Mounted Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-21 Pow-R-Line C Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37
Pow-R-Line C Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-29 Type PRL2a

Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-37 Pow-R-Line C Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-41
Type PRL3a
Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45
Type PRL4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-49 Pow-R-Line C Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-45
PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Type PRL4

Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Pow-R-Line C Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-49
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-21
U
Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-15 Undervoltage Release
R PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
Regional Manufacturing Facilities Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20
Panelboards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-68 Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Residential Electric Vehicle Charging Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers,
Charging Stations Direct Current
Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal . . . . . . . V15-T1-21
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-12
Electric Vehicle Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-19
Level 1 Universal Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-11 V
Level 2 Charging Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-16 Ventilated Transformers/Open Core-Coil Assemblies
Dry-Type Distribution Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-41
S
Shunt Trip Numerics
Direct Current 600 Vdc Per Pole and 1000 Vdc Disconnect
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-12 DC Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-16
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers 600 Vdc Single-Pole Disconnect
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T3-20 DC Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V15-T2-13
V1-A3-2 Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System CA08100018ESeptember 2015 eaton.com/solar

CA08100018E Vol15 Ibook

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

CA08100018E Vol15 Ibook

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Electrical Sector Solutions

Electrical Balance of System for

A DC combiners and B Solar inverters C AC meter breakers, load D Electric vehicle

Combines input photo- CEC rated for Complete family of

Isolates photovoltaic source

Isolates utility feed

For more information, visit

Electrical Balance of System for

2010 Photo courtesy of Cooper Power Systems

D Monitoring E Electric vehicle

Custom Solar Switchboards Low voltage and medium Electrical

For more information, visit

Electrical Balance of System for

Utility-scale solar inverters AC switchboards

2010 Photo courtesy of Cooper Power Systems

AC circuit breakers Medium voltage Meters and software

Custom Solar Switchboards Low voltage and medium

For more information, visit

Commercial and Utility

Build Arc flash hazard analysis

For more information, visit

Tab 1Residential and Light Commercial . . . . . . . . . V15-T1-1

Power Xpert Solar 250 kW Inverter

Power Xpert Solar 1500 kW Inverter

Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Terms and Conditions

Technical and Descriptive Publications

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Copyright 2015 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.

Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

Using the Eaton Catalog Library

1.1 Eaton Grid-Tied Solar Inverter (3.87 kW)

Catalog Number Selection

1 BR = 1-inch Type BR Solar Power Center

1 MBE 2040 PV 200 BT S

deep EUSERC 1224 = 12 spaces, 24 circuits Photovoltaic rated

1 2040 = 20 spaces, 40 circuits T = Top only

42 42 200 225 70 Combination NEMA 1 Cu 25 L2 Yes BR4242PV200

Contact the Eaton Flex Replacement Parts

1 Meter breaker and MBE1224PV100BTS

MBED3042PV200BF N/A MBEDFCVR2PV MBEDUCVR1PV MBEDDCVR2PV

1 Safety specifications UL 2594 for EV use

1 Overcurrent protection Yes Yes Yes

1 Integrated high-efficiency LED lighting

Product Selection Dimensions

1 Level 1 Level 1 Universal Receptacle

1 Input voltage 110/120 Vac

1 (14 vehicles) (259.3)

Max power Up to 1.9W at

1 Safety specifications UL 2594 for EV use

1 Quick and easy

1 Ground fault protection Yes 40.60

1 Technical Data and Specifications

1 Voltage 110/120 Vac

1 Enclosure rating NEMA Type 3R

Catalog Number Selection

1 Level Amperage Connection Lighting

1 Input voltage 110/120 Vac Electrical Input

1 Options High-efficiency, LED site-lighting,

estate developers, builders, military cETL Listed

1 Electric Vehicle Charging Station Pedestal . . . . . . V15-T1-21

Catalog Number Selection Dimensions

1 Electric Vehicle Simulator Electric Vehicle Simulator